WO1992006162A1 - Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants - Google Patents

Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1992006162A1
WO1992006162A1 PCT/US1991/007025 US9107025W WO9206162A1 WO 1992006162 A1 WO1992006162 A1 WO 1992006162A1 US 9107025 W US9107025 W US 9107025W WO 9206162 A1 WO9206162 A1 WO 9206162A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
fatty acid
polyhydroxy fatty
acid amide
surfactants
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1991/007025
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Bruce Prentiss Murch
Stephen William Morrall
Mark Hsiang-Kuen Mao
Original Assignee
The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=27416571&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO1992006162(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to KR1019930700967A priority Critical patent/KR0184850B1/en
Priority to CA002092558A priority patent/CA2092558C/en
Priority to SK25093A priority patent/SK25093A3/en
Priority to JP3517563A priority patent/JPH06501733A/en
Priority to EP91917096A priority patent/EP0550557B1/en
Priority to CS93431A priority patent/CZ283685B6/en
Priority to BR919106906A priority patent/BR9106906A/en
Priority to DE69118193T priority patent/DE69118193T2/en
Priority to RU93004947A priority patent/RU2112784C1/en
Priority to AU86571/91A priority patent/AU664159B2/en
Application filed by The Procter & Gamble Company filed Critical The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority to CZ963825A priority patent/CZ283515B6/en
Priority to CN91110486A priority patent/CN1031721C/en
Priority to MA22580A priority patent/MA22297A1/en
Priority to TR00937/91A priority patent/TR27427A/en
Priority to IE341291A priority patent/IE74138B1/en
Priority to EG58091A priority patent/EG19517A/en
Publication of WO1992006162A1 publication Critical patent/WO1992006162A1/en
Priority to GR960400657T priority patent/GR3019397T3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3703Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/373Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds containing silicones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/38Cationic compounds
    • C11D1/52Carboxylic amides, alkylolamides or imides or their condensation products with alkylene oxides
    • C11D1/525Carboxylic amides (R1-CO-NR2R3), where R1, R2 or R3 contain two or more hydroxy groups per alkyl group, e.g. R3 being a reducing sugar rest
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/38Cationic compounds
    • C11D1/65Mixtures of anionic with cationic compounds
    • C11D1/652Mixtures of anionic compounds with carboxylic amides or alkylol amides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/66Non-ionic compounds
    • C11D1/662Carbohydrates or derivatives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/0005Other compounding ingredients characterised by their effect
    • C11D3/0026Low foaming or foam regulating compositions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/18Hydrocarbons
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/36Organic compounds containing phosphorus
    • C11D3/362Phosphates or phosphites
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/02Anionic compounds
    • C11D1/04Carboxylic acids or salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/02Anionic compounds
    • C11D1/12Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof
    • C11D1/14Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof derived from aliphatic hydrocarbons or mono-alcohols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/02Anionic compounds
    • C11D1/12Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof
    • C11D1/22Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof derived from aromatic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/02Anionic compounds
    • C11D1/12Sulfonic acids or sulfuric acid esters; Salts thereof
    • C11D1/28Sulfonation products derived from fatty acids or their derivatives, e.g. esters, amides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/66Non-ionic compounds
    • C11D1/72Ethers of polyoxyalkylene glycols

Definitions

  • This invention pertains to alkyl sulfate surfactant-containing laundry detergent compositions. More particularly, this invention pertains to laundry detergent compositions containing mixtures of alkyl sulfate and certain polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants.
  • Combinations of LAS with AS are desirable because they combine the excellent grease and oil cleaning of LAS (along with good cleaning across a broad range of stain- types) with the excellent particulate soil removal performance of AS surfactants.
  • AS surfactants are readily derived from renewable resources, it would be desirable to provide a detergent composition that could provide comparable or improved cleaning performance wherein the LAS was either partially or completely replaced with surfactant that could easily be made from natural, renewable, non-petroleum raw materials.
  • alkyl sulfate surfactants for granular detergents, it would be desirable to enhance the solubility and dissolution of the alkyl sulfate surfactants in aqueous solutions, especially those alkyl sulfates having C14 and longer alkyl chains.
  • This invention provides detergent compositions that contain alkyl sulfates and that can have reduced concentration of, or elimination of, LAS, while providing excellent overall cleaning performance, including grease/oil stains.
  • This invention provides detergent compositions that can be in granular form, and further
  • detergent compositions that can be in liquid form including C 14 and higher alkyl sulfate surfactants.
  • the inclusion of such polyhydroxy fatty acid amides in granular detergent compositions can increase the solubility and dissolution of alkyl sulfate surfactants in aqueous solutions.
  • the invention further encompasses novel detersive particles for providing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant in granular form wherein the detersive particles comprise a mixture of the two surfactants and a third ingredient for further enhancing dissolution in aqueous solutions.
  • polyhydroxy fatty acid amides exhibit a tacky or
  • these detersive particles can exhibit improved dissolution in aqueous solutions, particularly in automatic laundry washing machines.
  • N-acyl, N-methyl glucamides for example, are disclosed by J. W. Goodby, M. A. Marcus, E. Chin, and P. L. Finn in "The
  • N-alkyl glucamides in detergent compositions has also been discussed.
  • U.S. Patent 2,965,576, issued December 20, 1960 to E. R. Wilson, and G.B. Patent 809,060, published February 18, 1959, assigned to Thomas Hedley & Co., Ltd. relate to detergent compositions containing anionic surfactants and certain amide surfactants, which can include N-methyl gluca ide, added as a low temperature suds enhancing agent.
  • These compounds include an N-acyl radical of a higher straight chain fatty acid having 10-14 carbon atoms.
  • These compositions may also contain auxiliary materials such as alkali metal phosphates, alkali metal silicates, sulfates, and carbonates. It is also generally indicated that additional constituents to impart desirable properties to the composition can also be included in the compositions, such as fluorescent dyes, bleaching agents, perfumes, etc.
  • U.S. Patent 2,703,798, issued March 8, 1955 to A. M. Schwartz relates to aqueous detergent compositions containing the condensation reaction product of N-alkyl glucamine and an aliphatic ester of a fatty acid.
  • the product of this reaction is said to be useable in aqueous detergent compositions without further purification.
  • R' is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group of at least three carbon atoms
  • R" is the residue of an aldose
  • amides as thickening agents in aqueous detergent systems. Included are amides of the formula R ⁇ C(0)N(X)R2 wherein Ri is a c l _c 17 (preferably C7-C17) alkyl, R2 is hydrogen, a Ci-Cj ⁇ (preferably Ci-Ce) alkyl, or an alkylene oxide, and X is a polyhydroxy alkyl having four to seven carbon atoms, e.g., N-methyl,
  • amides are indicated as being of particular use in liquid surfactant systems containing paraffin sulfonate, although the aqueous surfactant systems can contain other anionic surfactants, such as alkylaryl sulfonates, olefin sulfonate, sulfosuccinic acid half
  • N-polyhydroxy alkyl fatty acid amides are said to have superior skin tolerance attributes.
  • anionic surfactant and an N-alkylglucamide nonionic surfactant which is selected from N-methyl,N-sorbityl lauramide and N-methyl, N-sorbityl myristamide.
  • glucamide surfactants are disclosed, for example, in DT 2,226,872, published December 20, 1973, H. W. Eckert, et al., which
  • washing compositions comprising one or more surfactants and builder salts selected from polymeric phosphates, sequestering agents, and washing alkalis, improved by the addition of an N-acylpolyhydroxyalkyl-amine of the formula R ⁇ C(0)N(R2)CH2(CH0H) n - CH2OH, wherein R] is a C1-C3 alkyl, R2 is a C ⁇ o _c 22 alkyl. an n is 3 or 4.
  • the N-acylpolyhydroxyalkyl-amine is added as a soil sus ⁇ pending agent.
  • U.S. Patent 3,654,166, issued April 4, 1972, to H. W. Eckert, et al. relates to detergent compositions comprising at least one surfactant selected from the group of anionic, zwitterionic, and nonionic surfactants and, as a textile softener, an N-acyl, N-alkyl polyhydroxy!alkyl compound of the formula R ⁇ N(Z)C(0)R2 wherein Ri is
  • R2 is a C7-C21 alkyl
  • Ri and R2 total from 23 to 39 carbon atoms
  • Z is a polyhydroxyalkyl which can be -CH2(CH0H) m - CH2OH where m is 3 or 4.
  • U.S. Patent 4,021,539 issued May 3, 1977, to H. M ⁇ ller, et al., relates to skin treating cosmetic compositions containing -- ⁇ N-polyhydroxylalkyl-amines which include compounds of the formula RlN(R)CH(CH0H) m R2 wherein Ri is H, lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, or a inoalkyl, as well as heterocyclic a inoalkyl, R is the same as Rl but both cannot be H, and R2 is CH2OH or COOH.
  • French Patent 1,360,018, April 26, 1963, assigned to Commercial 0 Solvents Corporation, relates to solutions of formaldehyde stabilized against polymerization with the addition of amides of the formula RC(0)N(Rj)G wherein R is a carboxylic acid functionality having at least seven carbon atoms, R] is hydrogen or a lower alkyl group, and G is a glycitol radical with at least 5 carbon atoms.
  • RC(0)N(Rj)G wherein R is a carboxylic acid functionality having at least seven carbon atoms, R] is hydrogen or a lower alkyl group, and G is a glycitol radical with at least 5 carbon atoms.
  • Heins relates to glucamine derivatives useful as wetting and dispersing agents of the formula N(R)(R ⁇ )(R2) wherein R is a sugar residue of glucamine, Rl is a C10-C20 alkyl radical, and R2 is a C1-C5 acyl radical.
  • G.B. Patent 745,036, published February 15, 1956, assigned to 0 Atlas Powder Company, relates to heterocyclic amides and carboxylic esters thereof that are said to be useful as chemical intermediates, emulsifiers, wetting and dispersing agents, detergents, textile softeners, etc.
  • the compounds are expressed by the formula N(R)(R ⁇ )C(0)R2 wherein R is the residue of an anhydrized hexane 5 pentol or a carboxylic acid ester thereof, Rj is a monovalent hydrocarbon radical, and -C(0)R2 is the acyl radical of a carboxylic acid having from 2 to 25 carbon atoms.
  • Hooker discloses solid toilet bars that are substantially free of anionic detergents and al aline builder materials, and which contain l thium soap of certain fatty acids, a nonionic surfactant selected from certain propylene oxide-ethylenediamine-ethylene oxide condensates, propylene oxide-propylene glycol-ethylene oxide condensates, and polymerized ethylene glycol, and also contain a nonionic lathering component which can include polyhydroxyamide of the formula RC(0)NRl(R2) wherein RC(0) contains from about 10 to about 14 carbon atoms, and R* and R2 each are H or Ci-C ⁇ alkyl groups, said alkyl groups containing a total number of carbon atoms of from 2 to about 7 and a total number of substituent hydroxyl groups of from 2 to about 6.
  • a substantially similar disclosure is found in U.S. Patent 3,312,626, also issued April 4, 1967 to D. T. Hooker. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • this invention provides a low sudsing laundry detergent composition useful for cleaning fabrics in automatic washing machines, said composition comprising:
  • Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxy hydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
  • a suds suppressing amount of a suds suppressor preferably selected from the group consisting of monocarboxylic fatty acids and salts thereof, silicone suds suppressors, monostearyl di-al ali metal alkyl phosphates and phosphate esters, and hydrocarbon suds suppressors, and mixtures thereof; wherein the weight ratio of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to alkyl sulfate surfactant is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, preferably about 1:6 to about 6:1, more preferably from about 1:4 to about 3:1, most preferably from about 1:4 to about 1:1.
  • this invention provides detergent compositions containing alkyl sulfate surfactant and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide wherein the weight ratio of alkyl sulfate to polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is from about 1.25:1 to about 6:1, preferably from about 1.25:1 to about 4:1, more preferably from about 1.25:1.0, wherein the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is of the formula:
  • Rl is methyl
  • R 2 is C9-C17 alkyl or alkenyl
  • Z is a glycityl derived from a reducing sugar, or an alkoxylated derrivative thereof.
  • this invention provides a liquid detergent composition
  • a liquid detergent composition comprising: (a) at least about 1% by weight of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula: 0 Rl R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
  • composition has a weight ratio of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to the higher alkyl sulfate surfactant is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, preferably from about 1:6 to about 6:1, more preferably about 1:4 to about 3:1, most preferably from about 1:4 to about 1:1.
  • this invention provides detersive particles useful for utilization in granular detergent compositions, said detersive particles comprising an intimate mixture of: (a) from about 5% to about 90% (preferably 50%), by weight, of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula: 0 Rl
  • R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof; and
  • this invention provides a low sudsing laundry detergent composition useful for cleaning fabrics in automatic washing machines, said composition comprising:
  • R2 - C - N - Z wherein R is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R 2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxy hydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
  • a suds suppressing amount of a suds suppressor preferably selected from the group consisting of monocarboxylic fatty acids and salts thereof, silicone suds suppressors, monostearyl di-alkali metal alkyl sulfates, and hydrocarbon suds suppressors, and mixtures thereof; wherein the weight ratio of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to alkyl sulfate surfactant is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, preferably about 1:6 to about 6:1, more preferably from about 1:4 to about 3:1, most preferably from about 1:4 to about 1:1.
  • a suds suppressing amount of a suds suppressor preferably selected from the group consisting of monocarboxylic fatty acids and salts thereof, silicone suds suppressors, monostearyl di-alkali metal alkyl sulfates, and hydrocarbon suds suppressors, and mixtures thereof; wherein the weight ratio of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to alkyl sulfate surfactant is from about 1:10
  • compositions hereof will contain at least about 1%, by weight, preferably from about 3% to about 50%, more preferably from about 5% to about 30%, of alkyl sulfate surfactant.
  • Alkyl sulfate surfactants are well known to those in the art.
  • the alkyl sulfate surfactants hereof are water soluble salts or acids of the formula ROSO3M wherein R is a Cjo or higher hydrocar ⁇ byl, preferably a C10-C24 hydrocarbyl, preferably an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl having a C10-C20 alkyl component, more preferably a C14-C18 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl, and M is H or a cation, e.g., an alkali metal cation (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium), or ammonium or substituted ammonium (e.g., methyl-, dimethyl-, and tri ethyl ammonium cations and quaternary ammonium cations such as tetramethyl-ammonium and dimethyl piperdinium cations and quaternary ammonium cations derived from alkylamines such as
  • C14 and higher alkyls are preferred for detergent composi ⁇ tion to be used for laundry applications.
  • alkyl chains of C ⁇ 2-16 » especially C1 -I6 are preferred for lower wash temperatures (e.g., below about 50 * C) and C16-I8 alkyl chains are preferred for higher wash temperatures (e.g., above about 50'C).
  • compositions hereof will comprise at least about 1%, typically from about 3% to about 50%, preferably from about 3% to about 30%, of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant described below.
  • the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant component of the present invention comprises compounds of the structural formula: 0 Rl (I) R - C - N - Z wherein: Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, preferably C1-C4 alkyl, more preferably C] or C2 alkyl, most preferably Ci alkyl (i.e., methyl); and R 2 is a C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, preferably straight chain C7-C19 alkyl or alkenyl, more preferably straight chain C9-C17 alkyl or alkenyl, most preferably straight chain C11-C17 alkyl or alkenyl, or mixture thereof; and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative (preferably ethoxylated or propoxylated) thereof.
  • Z preferably will be derived from a reducing sugar in a reductive amination reaction; more preferably Z is a glycityl.
  • Suitable reducing sugars include glucose, fructose, maltose, lactose, galactose, annose, and xylose.
  • high dextrose corn syrup, high fructose corn syrup, and high maltose cornn syrup can be utilized as well as the individual sugars listed above. These corn syrups may yield a mix of sugar components for Z. It should be understood that it is by no means intended to exclude other suitable raw materials.
  • Z preferably will be selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -(CH0H) n -CH 2 0H, -CH(CH 2 0H)-(CH0H) n - : - CH 2 0H, -CH 2 -(CH0H)2(CH0R')(CH0H)-CH20H, where n is an integer from 3 to 5, inclusive, and R' is H or a cyclic or aliphatic onosacchar- ide, and alkoxylated derivatives thereof. Most preferred are glycityls wherein n is 4, particularly -CH2-(CH0H)4-CH20H.
  • R 1 can be, for example, N-methyl, N-ethyl, N-propyl , N-isopropyl, N-butyl, N-2-hydroxy ethyl, or N-2-hydroxy propyl .
  • R 2 -C0-N ⁇ can be, for example, cocamide, stearamide, oleamide, lauramide, myristamide, caprica ide, pal itamide, tallowa ide, etc.
  • - Z can be 1-deoxyglucityl , 2-deoxyfructityl , 1-deoxymaltityl, 1-deoxylactityl, 1-deoxygalactityl , 1-deoxymannityl , 1-deoxymalto- triotityl, etc.
  • polyhydroxy fatty acid amides are known in the art. In general, they can be made by reacting an alkyl amine with a reducing sugar in a reductive amination reaction to form a corresponding N-alkyl polyhydroxya ine, and then reacting the N-alkyl polyhydroxyamine with a fatty aliphatic ester or triglyceride in a condensation/amidation step to form the N-alkyl, N-polyhydroxy fatty acid amide product.
  • Processes for making compositions containing polyhydroxy fatty acid amides are disclosed, for example, in G.B. Patent Specification 809,060, published February 18, 1959, by Thomas Hedley & Co., Ltd., U.S.
  • N-deoxyglycityl fatty acid amides wherein the glycityl component is derived from glucose and the N-alkyl or N-hydroxyalkyl functionality is N-methyl, N-ethyl, N-propyl, N-butyl, N-hydroxyethyl , or N-hydroxypropyl
  • the product is made by reacting N-alkyl- or N-hydroxyalkyl-glucamine with a fatty ester selected from fatty methyl esters, fatty ethyl esters, and fatty triglycerides in the presence of a catalyst selected from the group consisting of tri- lithiu phosphate, trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate, tetrasodium pyrophosphate, pentapotassiu tripolyphosphate, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbon
  • the amount of catalyst is preferably from about 0.5 mole % to about 50 mole %, more preferably from about 2.0 mole % to about 10 mole %, on an N-alkyl or N-hydroxyalkyl-glucamine molar basis.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at from about 138'C to about 170 * C for typically from about 20 to about 90 minutes.
  • the reaction is also preferably carried out using from about 1 to about 10 weight % of a phase transfer agent, calculated on a weight percent basis of total reaction mixture, selected from saturated fatty alcohol polyethoxyl- ates, alkylpolyglycosides, linear glyca ide surfactant, and mixtures thereof.
  • a phase transfer agent calculated on a weight percent basis of total reaction mixture, selected from saturated fatty alcohol polyethoxyl- ates, alkylpolyglycosides, linear glyca ide surfactant, and mixtures thereof.
  • this process is carried out as follows:
  • N-linear glucosyl fatty acid amide product is added to the reaction mixture, by weight of the reactants, as the phase transfer agent if the fatty ester is a triglyceride. This seeds the reaction, thereby increasing reaction rate.
  • a detailed experimental procedure is provided below in the Experimental.
  • polyhydroxy "fatty acid” amide materials used herein also offer the advantages to the detergent formulator that they can be prepared wholly or primarily from natural, renewable, non-petro ⁇ chemical feedstocks and are degradable. They also exhibit low toxicity to aquatic life. It should be recognized that along with the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides of Formula (I), the processes used to produce them will also typically produce quantities of nonvolatile by-product such as estera ides and cyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amide. The level of these by-products will vary depending upon the particular reactants and process conditions.
  • the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide incorporated into the detergent compositions hereof will be provided in a form such that the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide- containing composition added to the detergent contains less than about 10%, preferably less than about 4%, of cyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amide.
  • the preferred processes described above are advantageous in that they can yield rather low levels of by-products, including such cyclic amide by-product.
  • Suds Suppressors As discussed above, compounds for reducing or suppressing the formation of suds can be incorporated into the compositions of the present invention. The incorporation of such materials, hereinafter "suds suppressors,” are desirable because the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants hereof can increase suds stability of the detergent compositions.
  • Suds suppression can be of particular importance when the detergent compositions include a relatively high sudsing surfactant in combination with the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant. Suds suppression is particularly desirable for compositions intended for use in front loading automatic washing machines. These machines are typically characterized by having drums, for containing the laundry and wash water, which have a horizontal axis and rotary action about the axis. This type of agitation can result in high suds formation and, consequently, in reduced cleaning performance. The use of suds suppressors can also be of particular importance under hot water washing conditions and under high surfactant concentration conditions.
  • suds suppressors are well known to those skilled in the art. They are generally described, for example, in Kirk Oth er Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Third Edition, Volume 7, pages 430-447 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1979).
  • One category of suds suppressor of particular interest encompasses monocarboxylic fatty acids and soluble salts thereof. These materials are discussed in U.S. Patent 2,954,347, issued September 27, 1960 to Wayne St. John, said patent being incorporated herein by reference.
  • the monocarboxylic fatty acids, and salts thereof, for use as suds suppressor typically have hydrocarbyl chains of 10 to about 24 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Suitable salts include the alkali metal salts such as sodium, potassium, and lithium salts, and ammonium and alkanolammonium salts. These materials are a preferred category of suds suppressor for detergent compositions.
  • the detergent compositions may also contain non-surfactant suds suppressors.
  • non-surfactant suds suppressors include, for example, list: high molecular weight hydrocarbons such as paraffin and haloparaffin, fatty acid esters (e.g., fatty acid triglycerides), fatty acid esters of monovalent alcohols, aliphatic C18-C40 ketones (e.g. stearone), etc.
  • suds inhibitors include N-alkylated amino triazines such as tri- to hexa-alkylmelamines or di- to tetra-alkyldiamine chlortria- zines formed as products of cyanuric chloride with two or three moles of a primary or secondary amine containing 1 to 24 carbon atoms, propylene oxide, and monostearyl phosphates such as ono- stearyl alcohol phosphate ester (e.g., monostearyl di-alkali metal (e.g., K, Na, Li) phosphate esters) and monostearyl di-alkali (e.g., K, Na, Li) metal phosphates.
  • N-alkylated amino triazines such as tri- to hexa-alkylmelamines or di- to tetra-alkyldiamine chlortria- zines formed as products of cyanuric chloride with two or three moles of a primary or secondary amine containing
  • the hydrocarbons such as paraffin and haloparaffin
  • the liquid hydrocar ⁇ bons will be liquid at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, and will have a pour point in the range of about -40 * C and about 5 * C, and a minimum boiling point not less than about 110'C (atmos ⁇ pheric pressure). It is also known to utilize waxy hydrocarbons, preferrably having a melting point below about lOO'C.
  • the hydrocar ⁇ bons constitute a preferred category of suds suppressor for deter ⁇ gent compositions. Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are described, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo, et al., incorporated herein by reference.
  • the hydrocarbons thus, include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbons having from about 12 to about 70 carbon atoms.
  • the term "paraffin,” as used in this suds suppressor discus- sion, is intended to include mixtures of true paraffins and cyclic hydrocarbons.
  • Non-surfactant suds comprises silicone suds suppressors.
  • This category includes the use of polyorganosiloxane oils, such as polydimethylsiloxane, dispersions or emulsions of polyorganosiloxane oils or resins, and combinations of polyorganosiloxane with silica particles wherein the polyorgano ⁇ siloxane is chemisorbed of fused onto the silica.
  • Silicone suds suppressors are well known in the art and are, for example, dis- closed in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al. and European Patent Application No. 89307851.9, published February 7, 1990, by Starch, M. S., both incorporated herein by reference.
  • silicone and silanated silica are described, for instance, in German Patent Application DOS 2,124,526.
  • Silicone defoamers and suds controlling agents in granular detergent compositions are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,933,672, Bartolotta et al., and in U.S. Patent 4,652,392, Baginski et al . , issued March 24, 1987.
  • An exemplary silicone based suds suppressor for use herein is a suds suppressing amount of a suds controlling agent consisting essentially of:
  • polydimethylsiloxane fluid having a viscosity of from about 20 cs. to about 1500 cs. at 25 * C; (ii) from about 5 to about 50 parts per 100 parts by weight of (i) of siloxane resin composed of (CH3)3 SiO ⁇ /2 units of
  • Suds suppressors when utilized, are preferably present in a "suds suppressing amount.”
  • Suds suppressing amount is meant that the formulator of the composition can select an amount of this suds controlling agent that will sufficiently control the suds to result in a low-sudsing laundry detergent for use in automatic laundry washing machines.
  • the amount of suds control will vary with the detergent surfactants selected. For example, with high sudsing surfactants, relatively more of the suds controlling agent is used to achieve the desired suds control than with lesser foaming surfactants.
  • a sufficient amount of suds suppressor should be incorporated in low sudsing 5 detergent compositions so that the suds that form during the wash cycle of the automatic washing machine (i.e., upon agitation of the detergent in aqueous solution under the intended wash temperature and concentration conditions) do not exceed about 75% of the void volume of washing machine's containment drum, preferably the suds do -- not exceed about 50% of said void volume, wherein the void volume is determined as the difference between total volume of the containment drum and the volume of the water plus the laundry.
  • monocarboxylic fatty acids, and salts thereof When utilized as suds suppressors, monocarboxylic fatty acids, and salts thereof, will be present typically in amounts up to about 5 5%, by weight, of the detergent composition. Preferably, from about 0.5% to about 3% of fatty monocarboxyl te suds suppressor is utilized. Silicone suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts up to about 2.0%, by weight, of the detergent composition, although higher amounts may be used. This upper limit is practical 0 in nature, due primarly to concern with keeping costs minimized and effectiveness of lower amounts for effectively controlling sudsing. Preferably from about .01% to about 1% of silicone suds suppressor is used, more preferably from about 0.25% to about 0.5%.
  • these weight percentage values include any silica that may 5 be utilized in combination with polyorganosiloxane, as well as any adjunct materials that may be utilized.
  • Monostearyl phosphates are generally utilized in amounts ranging from about 0.1% to about 2%, by weight, of the composition.
  • Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts 0 ranging from about .01% to about 5.0%, although higher levels can be used.
  • the detergent composition can further include an auxiliary surfactant component which can comprise anionic and nonionic surfactants other than the above-described alkyl sulfate and 5 polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and other types surfactants.
  • an auxiliary surfactant component which can comprise anionic and nonionic surfactants other than the above-described alkyl sulfate and 5 polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and other types surfactants.
  • auxiliary surfactants will typically by present an amounts at least about 1%, by weight, of the detergent composition, preferably from about 3% to about 30%.
  • Certain types of auxiliary surfactants when utilized in the compositions hereof, can contribute to further surprisingly improved cleaning performance.
  • These auxiliary surfactants include alkyl ethoxylated sulfates, alkyl ethoxylates, and alkyl ester sulfonates (especially methyl ester sulfonates), and mixtures thereof.
  • the weight ratio of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to these auxiliary surfactants is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, more prefer ⁇ ably from about 5:1 to about 1:5, even more preferably from about 1:4 to about 4:1.
  • auxiliary surfactants which can be desirable for inclusion in the compositions hereof include paraffin sulfonates, alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl polyglycosides (especially alkyl polyglucosides), and alkyl phenol alkoxylates.
  • alkyl benzene sulfonates especially alkyl polyglycosides (especially alkyl polyglucosides)
  • alkyl phenol alkoxylates especially alkyl polyglucosides
  • Auxiliary surfactants that can be used are discussed in more detail below.
  • Auxiliary Anionic Surfactants are discussed in more detail below.
  • Alkyl ester sulfonate surfactants hereof include linear esters of C8-C20 carboxylic acids (i.e., fatty acids) which are sulfonated with gaseous SO3 according to "The Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society," 52 (1975), pp. 323-329. Suitable starting materials would include natural fatty substances as derived from tallow, palm, and coconut oils, etc.
  • alkyl ester sulfonate surfactant especially for laundry applications, comprise alkyl ester sulfonate surfactants of the structural formula:
  • R3 is a C8-C20 hydrocarbyl, preferably an alkyl, or combination thereof
  • R 4 is a Ci-C ⁇ hydrocarbyl, preferably an alkyl, or combination thereof
  • M is a cation which forms a water soluble salt with the alkyl ester sulfonate.
  • Suitable salt-forming cations include metals such as sodium, potassium, and lithium, and substituted or unsubstituted ammonium cations, such as methyl-, dimethyl, -trimethyl, and quaternary ammonium cations, e.g.
  • R 3 is Cio-Cie alkyl
  • R 4 is methyl, ethyl or isopropyl.
  • R3 is C14-C16 alkyl.
  • Alkyl alkoxylated sulfate surfactants hereof are water soluble salts or acids of the formula RO(A) m S ⁇ 3M wherein R is an unsubstituted C10-C24 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group having a C10-C24 alkyl component, preferably a C12-C20 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl, more preferably Ci2 _c 18 alk l or hydroxyalkyl, A is an ethoxy or propoxy unit, m is greater than zero, typically between about 0.5 and about 6, more preferably between about 0.5 and about 3, and M is H or a cation which can be, for example, a metal cation (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, etc.), ammonium or substituted-ammonium cation.
  • R is an unsubstituted C10-C24 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group having a C10-C24 alkyl component, preferably a C
  • Alkyl ethoxylated sulfates as well as alkyl propoxylated sulfates are contemplated herein.
  • Specific examples of substituted ammonium cations include methyl-, dimethyl-, tri ethyl-ammonium, and quaternary ammonium cations, such as tetramethyl-ammonium, dimethyl piperdinium cations, and cations derived from alkanolamines, e.g. monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and mixtures thereof.
  • Exemplary surfactants are C12-C18 alkyl polyethoxylate (1.0) sulfate, C12-C13 alkyl polyethoxylate (2.25) sulfate, C12-C18 alkyl polyethoxylate (3.0) sulfate, and C12-C18 alkyl polyethoxylate (4.0) sulfate, wherein M is conveniently selected from sodium and potassium.
  • Other anionic surfactants useful for detersive purposes can also be included in the compositions hereof.
  • salts including, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts such as mono-, di- and triethanolamine salts
  • soap alkyl benzene sulfonates (especially C9-C20 linear alkylbenzenesulphonates), C8-C22 primary or secondary alkanesulphon- ates, C8-C24 olefinsulphonates, sulphonated polycarboxylic acids prepared by sulphonation of the pyrolyzed product of alkaline earth metal citrates, e.g., as described in British patent specification No.
  • alkyl glycerol sulfonates alkyl glycerol sulfonates, fatty acyl glycerol sulfonates, fatty oleyl glycerol sulfates, alkyl phenol ethylene oxide ether sulfates, paraffin sulfonates, alkyl phosphates, isethi- onates such as the acyl isethionates, N-acyl taurates, fatty acid amides of methyl tauride, alkyl succinamates and sulfosuccinates, monoesters of sulfosuccinate (especially saturated and unsaturated C12-C18 monoesters), diesters of sulfosuccinate (especially satur ⁇ ated and unsaturated C6-C14 diesters), N-acyl sarcosinates, sulfates of alkylpolysaccharides such as the sulfates of alkylpol
  • Resin acids and hydrogenated resin acids are also suitable, such as rosin, hydrogenated rosin, and resin acids and hydrogenated resin acids present in or derived from tall oil. Further examples are described in "Surface Active Agents and Deter ⁇ gents" (Vol. I and II by Schwartz, Perry and Berch). A variety of such surfactants are also generally disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,929,678, issued December 30, 1975 to Laughlin, et al . at Column 23, line 58 through Column 29, line 23 (herein incorporated by reference). Auxiliary Nonionic Detergent Surfactants Suitable nonionic detergent surfactants are generally disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,929,678, Laughlin et al .
  • the polyethylene, polypropylene, and polybutylene oxide condensates of alkyl phenols are listed below.
  • the polyethylene oxide condensates are preferred. These compounds include the condensation products of alkyl phenols having an alkyl group containing from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms in either a straight chain or branched chain configuration with the alkylene oxide.
  • the ethylene oxide is present in an amount equal to from about 5 to about 25 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alkyl phenol.
  • nonionic surfactants of this type include IgepalTM CO-630, marketed by the GAF Corporation; and TritonTM ⁇ .45, ⁇ -114, X-100, and X-102, all marketed by the Rohm & Haas Company. These compounds can be referred to as alkyl phenol alkoxylates, e.g., alkyl phenol ethoxylates. 2.
  • the alkyl chain of the aliphatic alcohol can either be straight or branched, primary or secondary, and generally contains from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms.
  • condensation products of alcohols having an alkyl group containing from about 10 to about 20 carbon atoms with from about 2 to about 18 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol are particularly preferred.
  • nonionic surfactants of this type include TergitolTM 15-S-9 (the condensation product of C11-C15 linear secondary alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide), TergitolTM 24-L-6 NMW (the condensation product of C12-C14 primary alcohol with 6 moles ethylene oxide with a narrow molecular weight distribution), both marketed by Union Carbide Corporation; NeodolTM 45.9 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 9 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 23-6.5 (the condensation product of C12-C13 linear alcohol with 6.5 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 45.7 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 7 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 45.4 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 4 moles of ethylene oxide
  • the hydrophobic portion of these compounds preferably has a molecular weight of from about 1500 to about 1800 and exhibits water insolubility.
  • the addition of polyoxyethylene moieties to this hydrophobic portion tends to increase the water solubility of the molecule as a whole, and the liquid character of the product is retained up to the point where the polyoxyethylene content is about 50% of the total weight of the condensation product, which corresponds to condensation with up to about 40 moles of ethylene oxide.
  • Examples of compounds of this type include certain of the commercially-available PluronicTM surfactants, marketed by BASF.
  • the condensation products of ethylene oxide with the product resulting from the reaction of propylene oxide and ethylenediamine consist of the reaction product of ethylenediamine and excess propylene oxide, and generally has a molecular weight of from about 2500 to about 3000.
  • This hydrophobic moiety is condensed with ethylene oxide to the extent that the condensation product contains from about 40% to about 80% by weight of polyoxyethylene and has a molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 11,000.
  • Examples of this type of nonionic surfactant include certain of the commercially available TetronicTM compounds, marketed by BASF. 5.
  • Semi-polar nonionic surfactants are a special category of nonionic surfactants which include water-soluble amine oxides containing one alkyl moiety of from about 10 to about 18 carbon atoms and 2 moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups and hydroxyalkyl groups containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms; water-soluble phosphine oxides containing one alkyl moiety of from about 10 to about 18 carbon atoms and 2 moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups and hydroxyalkyl groups containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms; and water-soluble sulfoxides containing one alkyl moiety of from about 10 to about 18 carbon atoms and a moiety selected from the group consisting of alkyl and hydroxyalkyl moieties of from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms.
  • Semi-polar nonionic detergent surfactants include the amine oxide surfactants having the formula
  • R 3 is an alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkyl phenyl group or mixtures thereof containing from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms
  • R 4 is an alkylene or hydroxyalkylene group containing from about 2 to about 3 carbon atoms or mixtures thereof
  • x is from 0 to about 3
  • each R 5 is an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms or a polyethylene oxide group containing from about 1 to about 3 ethylene oxide groups.
  • the R5 groups can be attached to each other, e.g., through an oxygen or nitrogen atom, to form a ring structure.
  • amine oxide surfactants in particular include Cio-Ci ⁇ alkyl dimethyl amine oxides and C8-C12 alkoxy ethyl dihydroxy ethyl amine oxides.
  • reducing saccharide containing 5 or 6 carbon atoms can be used, e.g., glucose, galactose and galactosyl moieties can be substituted for the glucosyl
  • the hydrophobic group is attached at the 2-, 3-, 4-, etc. positions thus giving a glucose or galactose as opposed to a glucoside or galactoside.
  • the intersaccharide bonds can be, e.g., between the one position of the additional saccharide units and the 2-, 3-, 4-, and/or 6- positions on the preceding saccharide
  • the preferred alkyleneoxide is ethylene oxide.
  • Typical hydrophobic groups include alkyl groups, either saturated or 0 unsaturated, branched or unbranched containing from about 8 to about 18, preferably from about 10 to about 16, carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group is a straight chain saturated alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group can contain up to about 3 hydroxy groups and/or the polyalkyleneoxide chain can contain up to about 10, preferably less than 5, alkyleneoxide moieties.
  • Suitable alkyl polysaccharides are octyl, nonyldecyl, undecyldodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, and octadecyl, di-, tri-, tetra-, penta-, and hexaglucosides, galactosides, lactosides, glucoses, fructosides, fructoses and/or galactoses.
  • Suitable mixtures include coconut 0 alkyl, di-, tri-, tetra-, and pentaglucosides and tallow alkyl tetra-, penta-, and hexaglucosides.
  • the preferred alkylpolyglycosides have the formula
  • R 2 0(C n H 2 nO)t(glycosyl) x
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkyl- 5 phenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkylphenyl, and mixtures thereof in which the alkyl groups contain from about 10 to about 18, preferably from about 12 to about 14, carbon atoms; n is 2 or 3, preferably 2; t is from 0 to about 10, preferably 0; and x is from about 1.3 to about 10, preferably from about 1.3 to about 3, most preferably from about 1.3 to about 2.7.
  • the glycosyl is preferably derived from glucose.
  • the alcohol or alkylpolyethoxy alcohol is formed first and then reacted with glucose, or a source of glucose, to form the glucoside (attachment at the 1-position).
  • the additional glycosyl units can then be attached between their 1-position and the preceding glycosyl units 2-, 3-, 4- and/or 6-position, preferably predominately the 2-position.
  • R 5 is an alkyl group containing from about 7 to about 21 (preferably from about 9 to about 17) carbon atoms and each R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, and -(C2H4 ⁇ ) x H where x varies from about 1 to about 3.
  • Preferred amides are C8-C20 ammonia amides, monoethanolamides, diethanolamides, and isopropanolamides.
  • Cationic detersive surfactants can also be included in detergent compositions of the present invention as auxiliary surfactants.
  • Cationic surfactants include the ammonium surfactants such as alkyldimethylammonium halogenides, and those surfactants having the formula:
  • R is an alkyl or alkyl benzyl group having from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain
  • each R3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)-, -CH2CH(CH2 ⁇ H)-, -CH2CH2CH2-, and mixtures thereof
  • each R 4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, benzyl ring structures formed by joining the two R* groups, -CH2CHOH-CHOHCOR6CHOHCH2OH wherein ⁇ is any hexose or hexose polymer having a molecular weight less than about 1000, and hydrogen when y is not 0
  • R5 is the same as R 4 or is an alkyl chain wherein the total number of carbon atoms of R plus R is not
  • Ampholytic surfactants can be incorporated into the detergent compositions hereof. These surfactants can be broadly described as aliphatic derivatives of secondary or tertiary amines, or aliphatic derivatives of heterocyclic secondary and tertiary amines in which the aliphatic radical can be straight chain or branched.
  • aliphatic derivatives of secondary or tertiary amines or aliphatic derivatives of heterocyclic secondary and tertiary amines in which the aliphatic radical can be straight chain or branched.
  • 10 aliphatic substituents contains at least about 8 carbon atoms, typically from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, and at least one contains an anionic water-solubilizing group, e.g., carboxy, sulfonate, sulfate. See U.S. Patent No. 3,929,678 to Laughlin et al., issued December 30, 1975 at column 19, lines 18-35 (herein
  • Zwitterionic surfactants can also be incorporated into the detergent compositions hereof. These surfactants can be broadly described as derivatives of secondary and tertiary amines, derivatives of heterocyclic secondary and tertiary amines, or
  • Ampholytic and zwitterionic surfactants are generally used in combination with one or more anionic and/or nonionic surfactants.
  • this invention provides a detergent composition having a critical selection of alkyl sulfate to polyhdroxy fatty acid amide ratio for improved cleaning performance.
  • this aspect of the invention provides a detergent composition comprising:
  • R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl i s methyl , R 2 i s C9-C17 al kyl or al kenyl , preferably
  • this invention provides a liquid detergent composition comprising:
  • Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
  • composition has a weight ratio of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to C14 or higher alkyl sulfate surfactant from about 1:10 to about 10:1, preferably from about 1:6 to about 6:1, more preferably from about 1:3 to about 3:1.
  • C14 and higher alkyl sulfate surfactants are highly desirable detersive surfactants in laundry detergents, even for detergents intended for use at wash temperatures below about 50 * C, which will generally also contain C12 alkyl sulfate surfactant.
  • the C14 and higher alkyl sulfate surfactants can be incorporated into liquid detergent formulations with much greater ease.
  • composition comprises from about 3% to about
  • liquid composition hereof can optionally contain alkyl sulfate surfactants with alkyl chains lower than C14 as well .
  • this invention provides detersive particles useful for utilization in granular detergent compositions, S aid detersive particles comprising an intimate mixture of:
  • R is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof
  • R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl
  • Z is a polyhydroxylhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
  • alkyl sulfate surfactant from about 50% to about 95%, by weight, of an alkyl sulfate surfactant; wherein the ratio of (a):(b) is from about 20:1 to about 1:1.
  • the alkyl sulfate to polyhydroxy fatty acid amide weight ratio is preferably from about 20:1 to about 4:1; for C14-C16 alkyl sulfates, about 20:1 to about 3:1; and for C16-C18 alkyl sulfates, about 20:1 to about 1:1.
  • the detersive particles can comprise an auxiliary solubilizing agent to further enhance dissolution of the particle in aqueous solution.
  • Suitable solublilizing agents can be selected from the group consisting of anionic sulfonate surfactants, ethoxylated surfactants having a degree of ethoxylation of at least about 0.5, cyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, alkylpolyglycosides, polyethylene glycol polymers, and poly(acrylic acid) polymers, and mixtures thereof.
  • Preferred solubilizing agents comprise alkyl ethoxylates, alkyl ethoxylated sulfates, alkyl ester sulfonates, cyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, alkyl polyglycosides, or polyethylene glycol or poly(acrylic acid) polymers, or a mixture thereof.
  • Other materials which can increase solubility or dissolution of the alkyl sulfate polyhydroxy fatty acid amide particles can also be used.
  • the level of auxiliary solubilizing agent can vary from 0% to preferably no more than about 30%, by weight, of the detersive particle.
  • intimate mixture of the alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and any optional auxiliary solubilizing agent, what is meant is that the ingredients are well mixed prior to or simultaneously with formation of the detersive particles, although the particles need not be precisely homogeneous.
  • Techniques for forming particles from intimate mixtures of detersive ingredients are known in the art, and include, for example, the use of high energy or high shear mixing equipment. A process for forming the detersive particles is exemplified in the Examples. The sizes of the particles can vary according to the desires of the formulator. Generally, for granular compositions, the detersive particles hereof should be similarly sized relative to other particles in the composition. Typically, the particles will range in size from about 100 to about 1000 microns in diameter.
  • the detersive particle may also contain other ingredients for detersive, processing, aesthetic, or other purposes.
  • the detersive particles can be used alone and can be included in granular detergent compositions containing additional detergent ingredients. Typically such detergent composition will comprise at least about 5%, by weight, of the detersive particles. Builders
  • Detergent compositions of the present invention can comprise inorganic or organic detergent builders to assist in mineral hardness control .
  • the level of builder can vary widely depending upon the end use of the composition and its desired physical form.
  • Liquid formulations typically comprise at least about 1%, more typically from about 5% to about 50%, preferably about 5% to about 30%, by weight of detergent builder.
  • Granular formulations typically comprise at least about 1%, more typically from about 10% to about 80%, preferably from about 15% to about 50% by weight of the detergent builder.
  • Lower or higher levels of builder, however, are not meant to be excluded.
  • Inorganic detergent builders include, but are not limited to, the alkali metal, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts of polyphos- phates (exemplified by the tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates, and glassy polymeric eta-phosphates), phosphonates, phytic acid, silicates, carbonates (including bicarbonates and sesquicarbo ⁇ ates), sulphates, and aluminosilicates.
  • Borate builders, as well as builders containing borate-forming materials that can produce borate under detergent storage or wash conditions hereinafter, collec ⁇ tively "borate builders"
  • non-borate builders are used in the compositions of the invention intended for use at wash conditions less than about 50 * C, especially less than about 40'C.
  • silicate builders are the alkali metal silicates, particularly those having a Si ⁇ 2:Na2 ⁇ ratio in the range 1.6:1 to 3.2:1 and layered silicates, such as the layered sodium silicates described in U.S. Patent 4,664,839, issued May 12, 1987 to H. P. Rieck, incorporated herein by reference.
  • layered silicates such as the layered sodium silicates described in U.S. Patent 4,664,839, issued May 12, 1987 to H. P. Rieck, incorporated herein by reference.
  • other silicates may also be useful such as for example magnesium silicate, which can serve as a crispening agent in granular formulations, as a stabilizing agent for oxygen bleaches, and as a component of suds control systems.
  • carbonate builders are the alkaline earth and alkali metal carbonates, including sodium carbonate and sesquicarbonate and mixtures thereof with ultra-fine calcium carbonate as disclosed in German Patent Application No. 2,321,001 published on November 15, 1973, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Aluminosilicate builders are especially useful in the present invention. Aluminosilicate builders are of great importance in most currently marketed heavy duty granular detergent compositions, and can also be a significant builder ingredient in liquid detergent formulations. Aluminosilicate builders include those having the empirical formula:
  • Preferred aluminosilicates are zeolite builders which have the formula:
  • aluminosilicate ion exchange materials are commercially available. These aluminosilicates can be crystalline or amorphous in structure and can be naturally-occurring aluminosilicates or synthetically derived. A method for producing aluminosilicate ion exchange materials is disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,985,669, Krummel, et al., issued October 12, 1976, incorporated herein by reference. Preferred synthetic crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange materials useful herein are available under the designations Zeolite A, Zeolite P (B), and Zeolite X. In an especially preferred embodiment, the crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange material has the formula:
  • This material is known as Zeolite A.
  • the aluminosilicate has a particle size of about 0.1-10 microns in diameter.
  • polyphosphates are the alkali metal tripolyphosphates, sodium, potassium and ammonium pyrophosphate, sodium and potassium and ammonium pyrophosphate, sodium and potassium orthophosphate, sodium polymeta phosphate in which the degree of polymerization ranges from about 6 to about 21, and salts of phytic acid.
  • phosphonate builder salts are the water-soluble salts of ethane 1-hydroxy-l, 1-diphosphonate particularly the sodium and potassium salts, the water-soluble salts of methylene diphosphonic acid e.g. the trisodium and tripotassium salts and the water-soluble salts of substituted methylene diphosphonic acids, such as the trisodium and tripotassium ethylidene, isop ropylidene benzylmethylidene and halo methylidene phosphonates.
  • Phosphonate builder salts of the aforementioned types are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • Organic detergent builders suitable for the purposes of the present invention include, but are not restricted to, a wide variety of polycarboxylate compounds.
  • polycarboxylate refers to compounds having a plurality of carboxylate groups, preferably at least 3 carboxylates.
  • Polycarboxylate builder can generally be added to the composition in acid form, but can also be added in the form of a neutralized salt.
  • alkali metals such as sodium, potassium, and lithium salts, especially sodium salts, or ammonium and substituted ammonium (e.g., alkanolammonium) salts are preferred.
  • polycarboxylate builders include a variety of categories of useful materials.
  • One important category of polycarboxylate builders encompasses the ether polycarboxylates.
  • a number of ether polycarboxylates have been disclosed for use as detergent builders.
  • Examples of useful ether polycarboxylates include oxydisuccinate, as disclosed in Berg, U.S. Patent 3,128,287, issued April 7, 1964, and Lamberti et al., U.S. Patent 3,635,830, issued January 18, 1972, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a specific type of ether polycarboxylates useful as builders in the present invention also include those having the general formula: CH(A)(C00X)-CH(C00X)-O-CH(C00X)-CH(C00X)(B) wherein A is H or OH; B is H or -0-CH(C00X)-CH2(C00X); and X is H or a salt-forming cation.
  • a and B are both H, then the compound is oxydissuccinic acid and its water-soluble salts. If A is OH and B is H, then the compound is tartrate monosuccinic acid (TMS) and its water-soluble salts.
  • TDS tartrate disuccinic acid
  • Suitable ether polycarboxylates also include cyclic compounds, particularly alicyclic compounds, such as those described in U.S.
  • Other useful detergency builders include the ether hydroxypolycarboxylates represented by the structure:
  • n is from about 2 to about 15 (preferably n is from about 2 to about 10, more preferably n averages from about 2 to about 4) and each R is the same or different and selected from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl or C ⁇ _4 substituted alkyl (preferably R is hydrogen).
  • Still other ether polycarboxylates include copolymers of maleic anhydride with ethylene or vinyl methyl ether, 1, 3, 5-trihydroxy benzene-2, 4, 6-trisulphonic acid, and carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid.
  • Organic polycarboxylate builders also include the various alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts of polyacetic acids.
  • polyacetic acid builder salts are the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts of ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid and nitrilotriacetic acid.
  • polycarboxylates such as mellitic acid, succinic acid, polymaleic acid, benzene 1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid, benezene pentacarboxylic acid, and carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid, and soluble salts thereof.
  • Citric builders e.g., citric acid and soluble salts thereof, is a polycarboxylate builder of particular importance for heavy duty liquid detergent formulations, but can also be used in granular compositions.
  • Suitable salts include the metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, as well as ammonium and substituted ammonium salts.
  • carboxylate builders include the carboxylated carbohydrates disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,723,322, Diehl, issued March 28, 1973, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Also suitable in the detergent compositions of the present invention are the 3,3-dicarboxy-4-oxa-l,6-hexanedioates and the related compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,566,984, Bush, issued January 28, 1986, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Useful succinic acid builders include the C5-C20 alkyl succinic acids and salts thereof.
  • a particularly preferred compound of this type is dodecenylsuccinic acid.
  • Alkyl succinic acids typically are of the general formula R-CH(C00H)CH2(C00H) i.e., derivatives of succinic acid, wherein R is hydrocarbon, e.g., C10-C20 alkyl or alkenyl, preferably C12-C16 or wherein R may be substituted with hydroxyl , sulfo, sulfoxy or sulfone substituents, all as described in the above-mentioned patents.
  • R is hydrocarbon, e.g., C10-C20 alkyl or alkenyl, preferably C12-C16 or wherein R may be substituted with hydroxyl , sulfo, sulfoxy or sulfone substituents, all as described in the above-mentioned patents.
  • the succinate builders are preferably used in the form of their water-soluble salts, including the sodium, potassium, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts.
  • succinate builders include: laurylsuccin- ate, myristylsuccinate, palmitylsuccinate, 2-dodecenylsuccinate (preferred), 2-pentadecenylsuccinate, and the like.
  • Laurylsuccin- ates are the preferred builders of this group, and are described in European Patent Application 86200690.5/0,200,263, published November 5, 1986.
  • useful builders also include sodium and potassium carboxy ethyloxymalonate, carboxymethyloxysuccinate, cis-cyclohex- anehexacarboxylate, cis-cyclopentane-tetracarboxylate, water-soluble polyacrylates (these polyacrylates having molecular weights to above about 2,000 can also be effectively utilized as dispersants) , and the copolymers of maleic anhydride with vinyl methyl ether or ethylene.
  • polycarboxylates are the polyacetal carboxylates disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,144,226, Crutchfield et al . , issued March 13, 1979, incorporated herein by reference. These polyacetal carboxylates can be prepared by bringing together, under polymeriza ⁇ tion conditions, an ester of glyoxylic acid and a polymerization initiator. The resulting polyacetal carboxylate ester is then attached to chemically stable end groups to stabilize the polyacetal carboxylate against rapid depolymerization in alkaline solution, converted to the corresponding salt, and added to a surfactant.
  • Polycarboxylate builders are also disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,308,067, Diehl, issued March 7, 1967, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Such materials include the water-soluble salts of homo- and copolymers of aliphatic carboxylic acids such as maleic acid, itaconic acid, mesaconic acid, fumaric acid, aconitic acid, citraconic acid and methylenema!onic acid.
  • Detersive enzymes can be included in the detergent formulations for a variety of purposes including removal of protein-based, carbohydrate-based, or triglyceride-based stains, and for prevention of refugee dye transfer, for example.
  • the enzymes to be incorporated include proteases, amylases, lipases, cellulases, and peroxidases, as well as mixtures thereof. They may be of any suitable origin, such as vegetable, animal, bacterial, fungal and yeast origin. However, their choice is governed by several factors such as pH-activity and/or stability optima, thermostability, stability versus active detergents, builders and so on. In this respect bacterial or fungal enzymes are preferred, such as bacterial amylases and proteases, and fungal cellulases.
  • proteases are the subtilisins which are obtained from particular strains of B.subtilis and B.licheniforms. Another suitable protease is obtained from a strain of Bacillus, having maximum activity throughout the pH range of 8-12, developed and sold by Novo Industries A/S under the registered trade name Esperase ® . The preparation of this enzyme and analogous enzymes is described in British patent specification No. 1,243,784 of Novo.
  • protealytic enzymes suitable for removing protein-based stains that are commercially available include those sold under the tradenames ALCALASETM and SAVINASETM by Novo Industries A/S (Denmark) and MAXATASETM by International Bio-Synthetics, Inc. (The Netherlands).
  • Protease A and Protease B are enzymes referred to herein as Protease A and Protease B.
  • Protease A and methods for its preparation are described in European Patent Application 130,756, published January 9, 1985, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Protease B is a proteolytic enzyme which differs from Protease A in that it has a leucine substituted for tyrosine in position 217 in its amino acid sequence.
  • Protease B is described in European Patent Application Serial No. 87303761.8, filed April 28, 1987, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Methods for preparation of Protease B are also disclosed in European Patent Application 130,756, Bott et al . , published January 9, 1985, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Amylases include, for example, ⁇ -amylases obtained from a special strain of B.licheniforms, described in more detail in British patent specification No. 1,296,839 (Novo), previously incorporated herein by reference.
  • Amylolytic proteins include, for example, RAPIDASETM, International Bio-Synthetics, Inc. and TERMAMYLTM, NOVO Industries.
  • the cellulases usable in the present invention include both bacterial or fungal cellulase. Preferably, they will have a pH optimum of between 5 and 9.5. Suitable cellulases are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,435,307, Barbesgoard et al., issued March 6, 1984, incorporated herein by reference, which discloses fungal cellulase produced from Humicola insolens. Suitable cellulases are also disclosed in GB-A-2.075.028; GB-A-2.095.275 and DE-0S-2.247.832.
  • cellulases examples include cellulases produced by a strain of Humicola insolens (Humicola grisea var. thermoidea), particularly the Humicola strain DSM 1800, and cellulases produced by a fungus of Bacillus N or a cellulase 212-producing fungus belonging to the genus Aeromonas, and cellulase extracted from the hepatopancreas of a marine mulluse (Dolabella Auricula Solander).
  • Suitable lipase enzymes for detergent usage include those produced by microorganisms of the Pseudomonas group, such as Pseudomonas stutzeri ATCC 19.154, as disclosed in British Patent No. 1,372,034, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Suitable upases include those which show a positive immunoligical cross-reaction with the antibody of the lipase, produced by the microorganism Pseudomonas fluorescens IAM 1057. This lipase and a method for its purification have been described in Japanese Patent Application No. 53-20487, laid open to public inspection on February 24, 1978. This lipase is available from Amano Pharmaceutical Co.
  • Amano-P Lipase P
  • Such Upases of the present invention should show a positive immunological cross reaction with the Amano-P antibody, using the standard and well-known immunodiffusion procedure according to Ouchterlony (Acta. Med. Scan., 133, pages 76-79 (1950)).
  • These lipases, and a method for their immunological cross-reaction with Amano-P are also described in U.S. Patent 4,707,291, Thorn et al., issued November 17, 1987, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Typical examples thereof are the Amano-P lipase, the lipase ex Pseudomonas fragi FERM P 1339 (available under the trade name Amano-B), lipase ex Psuedomonas nitroreducens var. l ipolyticum FERM P 1338 (available under the trade name Amano-CES), lipases ex Chromobacter viscosum, e.g. Chromobacter viscosum var. l ipolyticum NRRLB 3673, commercially available from Toyo Jozo Co., Tagata, Japan; and further Chromobacter viscosum lipases from U.S. Biochemical Corp., U.S.A. and Disoynth Co., The Netherlands, and lipases ex Pseudomonas gladiol i .
  • Peroxidase enzymes are used in combination with oxygen sources, e.g., percarbonate, perborate, persulfate, hydrogen peroxide, etc. They are used for "solution bleaching," i.e. to prevent transfer of dyes or pigments removed from substrates during wash operations to other substrates in the wash solution.
  • Peroxidase enzymes are known in the art, and include, for example, horseradish peroxidase, ligninase, and haloperoxidases such as chloro- and bromo-peroxidase.
  • Peroxidase-containing detergent compositions are disclosed, for example, in PCT International Application WO 89/099813, published October 19, 1989, by 0. Kirk, assigned to Novo Industries A/S, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Enzymes are normally incorporated at levels sufficient to provide up to about 5 mg by weight, more typically about 0.05 mg to about 3 mg, of active enzyme per gram of the composition.
  • the enzymes are preferably coated or prilled with additives inert toward the enzymes to minimize dust
  • an enzyme stabilization system is preferably utilized.
  • Enzyme stabili ⁇ zation techniques for aqueous detergent compositions are well known in the art. For example, one technique for enzyme stabilization in
  • aqueous solutions involves the use of free calcium ions from sources such as calcium acetate, calcium formate, and calcium propionate.
  • Calcium ions can be used in combination with short chain carboxylic acid salts, perferably formates. See, for example, U.S. Patent 4,318,818, Letton, et al., issued March 9, 1982, incorporated herein
  • polyols like glycerol and sorbitol.
  • polyfunctional aliphatic amines e.g., alkanolamines such as diethanolamine, triethanolamine, di-isopropanolamine, etc.
  • the detergent compositions hereof may contain bleaching agents or bleaching compositions containing bleaching agent and one or more bleach activators.
  • bleaching compounds When present bleaching compounds will typically be present at levels of from about 1% to about 20%, more typically from about 1% to about 10%, of the detergent composition.
  • bleaching compounds are optional components in non-liquid formulations, e.g., granular detergents. If present, the amount of bleach activators will typically be from about 0.1% to about 60%, more typically from about 0.5% to about 40% of the bleaching composition.
  • the bleaching agents used herein can be any of the bleaching agents useful for detergent compositions in textile cleaning, hard surface cleaning, or other cleaning purposes that are now known or become known. These include oxygen bleaches as well as other bleaching agents.
  • the compositions hereof not contain borate or material which can form borate in situ (i.e. borate-forming material) under detergent storage or wash conditions.
  • borate-forming material i.e. borate-forming material
  • detergents to be used at these temperatures are substantially free of borate and borate-forming material.
  • substantially free of borate and borate-forming material shall mean that the composition contains not more than about 2% by weight of borate-containing and borate-forming material of any type, preferably, no more than 1%, more preferably 0%.
  • One category of bleaching agent that can be used encompasses percarboxylic acid bleaching agents and salts thereof. Suitable examples of this class of agents include magnesium monoperoxyphthal- ate hexahydrate, the magnesium salt of meta-chloro perbenzoic acid, 4-nonylamino-4-oxoperoxybutyric acid and diperoxydodecanedioic acid.
  • Such bleaching agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,483,781, Hartman, issued November 20, 1984, U.S. Patent Application 740,446, Burns et al., filed June 3, 1985, European Patent Application 0,133,354, Banks et al., published February 20, 1985, and U.S.
  • bleach ⁇ ing agents also include 6-nonylamino-6-oxoperoxycaproic acid as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, issued January 6, 1987 to Burns, et al., incorporated herein by reference.
  • Another category of bleaching agents that can be used encom ⁇ passes the halogen bleaching agents.
  • hypohalite bleach ⁇ ing agents include trichloro isocyanuric acid and the sodium and potassium dichloroisocyanurates and N-chloro and N-bromo alkane sulphonamides. Such materials are normally added at 0.5-10% by weight of the finished product, preferably 1-5% by weight.
  • Peroxygen bleaching agents other than per boron compounds, can also be used. Suitable peroxygen bleaching compounds include sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate, sodium pyrophosphate peroxyhydrate, urea peroxyhydrate, and sodium peroxide.
  • Peroxygen bleaching agents are preferably combined with bleach activators, which lead to the in situ production in aqueous solution (i.e., during the washing process) of the peroxyl acid corresponding to the bleach activator.
  • Preferred bleach activators incorporated into compositions of " the present invention have the general formula:
  • R - C - L wherein R is an alkyl group containing from about 1 to about 18 carbon atoms wherein the longest linear alkyl chain extending from and including the carbonyl carbon contains from about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms and L is a leaving group, the conjugate acid of which has a pK a in the range of from about 4 to about 13.
  • Bleaching agents other than oxygen bleaching agents are also known in the art and can be utilized herein.
  • One type of non-oxygen bleaching agent of particular interest includes photoactivated bleaching agents such as sulfonated zinc and/or aluminum phthalocya- nines. These materials can be deposited upon the substrate during the washing process. Upon irradiation with light, in the presence of oxygen, such as by hanging clothes out to dry in the daylight, the sulfonated zinc phthalocyanine is activated and, consequently, the substrate is bleached.
  • Preferred zinc phthalocyanine and a photoactivated bleaching process are described in U.S. Patent 4,033,718, issued July 5, 1977 to Holcombe et al . , incorporated herein by reference.
  • detergent compositions will contain about 0.025% to about 1.25%, by weight, of sulfonated zinc phthalocyanine.
  • Polymeric Soil Release Agent Any polymeric soil release agents known to those skilled in the art can be employed in the practice of this invention.
  • Polymeric soil release agents are characterized by having both hydrophilic segments, to hydrophilize the surface of hydrophobic fibers, such as polyester and nylon, and hydrophobic segments, to deposit upon 0 hydrophobic fibers and remain adhered thereto through completion of washing and rinsing cycles and, thus, serve as an anchor for the hydrophilic segments. This can enable stains occurring subsequent to treatment with the soil release agent to be more easily cleaned in later washing procedures.
  • anionic surfactants can enhance performance of many of the more commonly utilized types of polymeric soil release agents.
  • Anionic surfactants interfere with the ability of certain soil release agents to deposit upon and adhere to hydrophobic surfaces.
  • hydrophile segments or hydrophobe segments which are anionic surfactant-interactive are anionic surfactant-interactive.
  • compositions hereof for which improved polymeric soil release agent performance can be obtained through the use of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide are those which contain an anionic
  • the tests hereof should be conducted at anionic surfactant concentrations in the aqueous solution that are above the critical micelle concentration (CMC) of the anionic surfactant in the aqueous solution of test run (A), and preferably above about 100 ppm.
  • the polymeric soil release agent concentration should be at least 15 ppm.
  • a swatch of polyester fabric should be used for the hydrophobic fiber source. Identical swatches are immersed and agitated in the 35'C aqueous solutions of the respec ⁇ tive test runs for a period of 12 minutes, then removed, and analyzed.
  • Polymeric soil release agent deposition level can be determined by radiotagging the soil release agent prior to treatment and subsequently conducting radiochemical analysis, according to techniques known in the art.
  • soil release agent deposition can alternately be determined in the above tests runs (i.e., test runs A, B, and C) by determination of ultraviolet light (UV) absorbance of the test solutions, according to techniques well known in the art. Decreased UV absorbance in the test solution after removal of the hydrophobic fiber material corresponds to increased SRA deposition.
  • UV analysis should not be utilized for test solutions containing types and levels of materials which cause excessive UV absorbance interference, such as high levels of surfactants with aromatic groups (e.g., alkyl benzene sulfonates, etc.).
  • soil release agent-enhancing amount of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is meant an amount of such surfactant that will enhance deposition of the soil release agent upon hydrophobic fibers, as described above, or an amount for which enhanced grease/oil cleaning performance can be obtained for fabrics washed
  • the amount of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide needed to enhance deposition will vary with the anionic surfactant selected, the amount of anionic surfactant, the particular soil release agent
  • compositions will comprise from about 0.01% to about 10%, by weight, of the polymeric soil release agent, typically from about 0.1% to about 5%, and from about 1% to about 50%, more typically from about 4% to about 30% of anionic surfactant.
  • compositions should generally contain at least about 1%, preferably at least about 3%, by weight, of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, though it is not intended to necessarily be limited thereto.
  • 25 surfactant include those soil release agents having: (a) one or more nonionic hydrophile components consisting essentially of (i) polyoxyethylene segments with a degree of polymerization of at least 2, or (ii) oxypropylene or polyoxypropylene segments with a degree of polymerization of from 2 to 10, wherein said hydrophile segment
  • hydrophile segments preferably comprising at least about 25% oxyethylene units and more preferably, especially for such components having about 20 to 30 oxypropylene units, at least about 50% oxyethylene units; or (b) one or more hydrophobe components comprising (i) C3 oxyalkylene terephthalate segments, wherein, if said hydrophobe components also comprise oxyethylene terephthalate, the ratio of oxyethylene terephthalate:C3 oxyalkylene terephthalate units is about 2:1 or lower, (ii) C4-C6 alkylene or oxy C4-C6 alkylene segments, or mixtures thereof, (iii) poly (vinyl ester) segments, preferably poly(vinyl acetate), having a degree of polymerization of at least 2, or (iv) C1-C4 alkyl ether or C4 hydroxyalkyl ether substituent
  • the polyoxyethylene segments of (a)(i) will have a degree of polymerization of from 2 to about 200, although higher levels can be used, preferably from 3 to about 150, more preferably from 6 to about 100.
  • Suitable oxy C4-C6 alkylene hydrophobe segments include, but are not limited to, end-caps of polymeric soil release agents such as M ⁇ 3S(CH2)nOCH2CH2 ⁇ -, where M is sodium and n is an integer from 4-6, as disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,721,580, issued January 26, 1988 to Gosselink, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Polymeric soil release agents useful in the present invention include cellulosic derivatives such as hydroxyether cellulosic polymers, copolymeric blocks of ethylene terephthalate or propylene terephthalate with polyethylene oxide or polypropylene oxide terephthalate, and the like.
  • Cellulosic derivatives that are functional as soil release agents are commercially available and include hydroxyethers of cellulose such as MethocelR (Dow).
  • Cellulosic soil release agents for use herein also include those selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl and C4 hydroxyalkyl cellulose such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and hydroxybutyl methylcellulose.
  • C1-C4 alkyl and C4 hydroxyalkyl cellulose such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and hydroxybutyl methylcellulose.
  • a variety of cellulose derivatives useful as soil release polymers are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,000,093, issued December 28, 1976 to Nicol, et al., incorporated herein by reference.
  • Soil release agents characterized by poly(vinyl ester) hydrophobe segments include graft copolymers of poly(vinyl ester), e.g., Ci-C ⁇ vinyl esters, preferably poly(vinyl acetate) grafted onto polyalkylene oxide backbones, such as polyethylene oxide backbones.
  • poly(vinyl ester) e.g., Ci-C ⁇ vinyl esters
  • poly(vinyl acetate) grafted onto polyalkylene oxide backbones such as polyethylene oxide backbones.
  • Such materials are known in the art and are described in European Patent Application 0 219 048, published April 22, 1987 by Kud, et al .
  • Suitable commercially available soil release agents of this kind include the SokalanTM type of material, e.g., SokalanTM HP-22, available from BASF (West Germany).
  • One type of preferred soil release agent is a copolymer having random blocks of ethylene terephthalate and polyethylene oxide (PE0) terephthalate. More specifically, these polymers are comprised of repeating units of ethylene terephthalate and PE0 terephthalate in a mole ratio of ethylene terephthalate units to PE0 terephthalate units of from about 25:75 to about 35:65, said PE0 terephthalate units containing polyethylene oxide having molecular weights of from about 300 to about 2000.
  • the molecular weight of this polymeric soil release agent is in the range of from about 25,000 to about 55,000. See U.S. Patent 3,959,230 to Hays, issued May 25, 1976, which is incorporated by reference. See also U.S. Patent 3,893,929 to Basadur issued July 8, 1975 (incorporated by reference) which discloses similar copolymers.
  • Another preferred polymeric soil release agent is a polyester with repeat units of ethylene terephthalate units containing 10-15% by weight of ethylene terephthalate units together with 90-80% by weight of polyoxyethylene terephthalate units, derived from a polyoxyethylene glycol of average molecular weight 300-5,000, and the mole ratio of ethylene terephthalate units to polyoxyethylene terephthalate units in the polymeric compound is between 2:1 and 6:1.
  • this polymer include the commercially available material Zelcon R 5126 (from Dupont) and Milease R T (from ICI). These polymers and methods of their preparation are more fully described in U.S. Patent 4,702,857, issued October 27, 1987 to Gosselink, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Another preferred polymeric soil release agent is a sulfonated product of a substantially linear ester oligomer comprised of an oligomeric ester backbone of terephthaloyl and oxyalkyleneoxy repeat units and terminal moieties covalently attached to the backbone, said soil release agent being derived from allyl alcohol ethoxylate, dimethyl terephthalate, and 1,2 propylene diol, wherein after sulfonation, the terminal moieties of each oligomer have, on average, a total of from about 1 to about 4 sulfonate groups.
  • These soil release agents are described fully in U.S. Patent 4,968,451, issued November 6, 1990 to J. J. Scheibel and E. P.
  • Gosselink U.S. Serial No. 07/474,709, filed January 29, 1990, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Other suitable polymeric soil release agents include the ethyl- or methyl-capped 1,2-propylene terephthalate-polyoxyethylene terephthalate polyesters of U.S. Patent 4,711,730, issued December 8, 1987 to Gosselink et al., the anionic end-capped oligomeric esters of U.S. Patent 4,721,580, issued January 26, 1988 to Gosselink, wherein the anionic end-caps comprise sulfo-polyethoxy groups derived from polyethylene glycol (PEG), the block polyester oligomeric compounds of U.S.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • Patent 4,702,857 issued October 27, 1987 to Gosselink, having polyethoxy end-caps of the formula X-(OCH2CH2)rr wherein n is from 12 to about 43 and X is a C1-C4 alkyl, or preferably methyl, all of these patents being incorporated herein by reference.
  • Additional polymeric soil release agents include the soil release agents of U.S. Patent 4,877,896, issued October 31, 1989 to Maldonado et al . , which discloses anionic, especially sulfoaroyl, end-capped terephthalate esters, said patent being incorporated herein by reference.
  • the terephthalate esters contain unsymmetric- ally substituted oxy-l,2-alkyleneoxy units.
  • Included among the soil release polymers of U.S. Patent 4,877,896 are materials with poly ⁇ oxyethylene hydrophile components or C3 oxyalkylene terephthalate (propylene terephthalate) repeat units within the scope of the hydrophobe components of (b)(i) above. It is the polymeric soil release agents characterized by either, or both, of these criteria that particularly benefit from the inclusion of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides hereof, in the presence of anionic surfactants.
  • soil release agents will generally comprise from about 0.01% to about 10.0%, by weight, of the detergent compositions herein, typically from about 0.1% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.2% to about 3.0%.
  • the detergent compositions herein may also optionally contain one or more iron and manganese chelating agents as a builder adjunct material.
  • chelating agents can be selected from the group consisting of amino carboxylates, amino phosphonates, polyfunctionally-substituted aromatic chelating agents and mixtures thereof, all as hereinafter defined. Without intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that the benefit of these materials is due in part to their exceptional ability to remove iron and manganese ions from washing solutions by formation of soluble chelates.
  • Amino carboxylates useful as optional chelating agents in compositions of the invention can have one or more, preferably at least two, units of the substructure CH 2
  • these amino carboxylates do not contain alkyl or alkenyl groups with more than about 6 carbon atoms.
  • Operable amine carboxylates include ethylenediaminetetraacetates, N-hydroxyethyl- ethylenediaminetriacetates, nitrilotriacetates, ethylenediamine tetraproprionates, triethylenetetraaminehexaacetates, diethylenetri- aminepentaacetates, and ethanoldiglycines, alkali metal, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts thereof and mixtures thereof.
  • Amino phosphonates are also suitable for use as chelating agents in the compositions of the invention when at least low levels of total phosphorus are permitted in detergent compositions.
  • M is hydrogen, alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium and x is from 1 to about 3, preferably 1, are useful and include ethylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates), nitrilotris (methylenephosphonates) and diethylenetriaminepentakis (methylene- phosphonates).
  • these amino phosphonates do not contain alkyl or alkenyl groups with more than about 6 carbon atoms.
  • Alkylene groups can be shared by substructures.
  • Polyfunctionally - substituted aromatic chelating agents are also useful in the compositions herein. These materials can comprise compounds having the general formula
  • R wherein at least one R is -SO3H or -COOH or soluble salts thereof and mixtures thereof.
  • Alkaline detergent compositions can contain these materials in the form of alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium (e.g. mono-or triethanol-amine) salts.
  • these chelating agents will generally comprise from about 0.1% to about 10% by weight of the detergent compositions herein. More preferably chelating agents will comprise from about 0.1% to about 3.0% by weight of such compositions.
  • Clay Soil Removal/Anti-redeposition Agents will generally comprise from about 0.1% to about 10% by weight of the detergent compositions herein. More preferably chelating agents will comprise from about 0.1% to about 3.0% by weight of such compositions.
  • compositions of the present invention can also optionally contain water-soluble ethoxylated amines having clay soil removal and anti-redeposition properties.
  • Granular detergent compositions which contain these compounds typically contain from about 0.01% to about 10.0% by weight of the water-soluble ethoxylated amines; liquid detergent compositions, typically about 0.01% to about 5%.
  • These compounds are selected preferably from the group consisting of: (1) ethoxylated monoamines having the formula:
  • R is H or C1-C4 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl;
  • Rl is C2-C12 alkyl ⁇ ene, hydroxyal kyl ene, alkenylene, arylene or alkarylene, or a C2-C3 oxyalkylene moiety having from 2 to about 20 oxyalkylene units provided that no 0-N bonds are formed;
  • each R 2 is C1-C4 or hydroxy ⁇ alkyl, the moiety -L-X, or two R 2 together form the moiety -(CH2)r > -A 2 -(CH2)s- > wherein A 2 is -0- or -CH2-, r is 1 or 2, s is 1 or 2, and r + s is 3 or 4;
  • X is a nonionic group, an anionic group or mixture thereof;
  • R 3 is a substituted C3-C12 alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkenyl, aryl , or alkaryl
  • the most preferred soil release and anti-redeposition agent is ethoxylated tetraethylene- pentamine.
  • Exemplary ethoxylated amines are further described in U.S. Patent 4,597,898, VanderMeer, issued July 1, 1986, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Another group of preferred clay soil removal/ anti-redeposition agents are the cationic compounds disclosed in European Patent Application 111,965, Oh and Gosselink, published June 27, 1984, incorporated herein by reference.
  • clay soil removal/anti-redeposition agents which can be used include the ethoxylated amine polymers disclosed in European Patent Application 111,984, Gosselink, published June 27, 1984; the zwitterionic polymers disclosed in European Patent Application 112,592, Gosselink, published July 4, 1984; and the amine oxides disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,548,744, Connor, issued October 22, 1985, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • CMC carboxy methyl cellulose
  • Polymeric dispersing agents can advantageously be utilized in the compositions hereof. These materials can aid in calcium and magnesium hardness control. Suitable polymeric dispersing agents include polymeric poly ⁇ carboxylates and polyethylene glycols, although others known in the art can also be used.
  • Polymeric dispersing agents are generally used at levels of about 0.5% to about 5%, by weight, of the detergent composition, more generally from about 1.0% to about 2.0%.
  • polycarboxylate materials which can be employed as the polymeric polycarboxylate dispersing agent component herein are these polymers or copolymers which contain at least about 60% by weight of segments with the general formula
  • X, Y, and Z are each selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, carboxy, carboxymethyl , hydroxy and hydroxymethyl ; a salt-forming cation and n is from about 30 to about 400.
  • X is hydrogen or hydroxy
  • Y is hydrogen or carboxy
  • Z is hydrogen
  • M is hydrogen, alkali metal, ammonia or substituted ammonium.
  • Polymeric polycarboxylate materials of this type can be prepared by polymerizing or copolymerizing suitable unsaturated monomers, preferably in their acid form.
  • Unsaturated monomeric acids that can be polymerized to form suitable polymeric polycarboxylates include acrylic acid, maleic acid (or maleic anhydride), fumaric acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, mesaconic acid, citraconic acid and methylenemalonic acid.
  • the presence in the polymeric polycarboxylates herein of monomeric segments, containing no carboxylate radicals such as vinylmethyl ether, styrene, ethylene, etc. is suitable provided that such segments do not constitute more than about 40% by weight.
  • Particularly suitable polymeric polycarboxylates can be derived from acrylic acid.
  • acrylic acid-based polymers which are useful herein are the water-soluble salts of polymerized acrylic acid.
  • the average molecular weight of such polymers in the acid form preferably ranges from about 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably from about 4,000 to 7,000 and most prefereably from about 4,000 to 5,000.
  • Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid polymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts. Soluble polymers of this type are known materials. Use of polyacrylates of this type in detergent compositions has been disclosed, for example, in Diehl, U.S. Patent No. 3,308,067, issued March 7, 1967. This patent is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Acrylic/maleic-based copolymers may also be used as a preferred component of the dispersing/anti-redeposition agent.
  • Such materials include the water-soluble salts of copolymers of acrylic acid and maleic acid.
  • the average molecular weight of such copolymers in the acid form preferably ranges from about 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably from about 5,000 to 75,000, most preferably from about
  • the ratio of acrylate to maleate segments in such copolymers will generally rnage from about 30:1 to about 1:1, more preferably from about 10:1 to 2:1.
  • Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid/maleic acid copolymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts. Soluble acrylate/maleate copolymers of this type are known materials which are described in European Patent Application No. 66915, published
  • PEG polyethyl ⁇ ene glycol
  • PEG can exhibit dispersing agent performance as well as act as a clay soil removal/anti-redeposition agent.
  • Typical molecular weight ranges for these purposes range from about 500 to about 100,000, preferably from about 1,000 to about 50,000, more preferably from about 1,500 to about 10,000.
  • the choice of brightener for use in detergent compositions will depend upon a number of factors, such as the type of detergent, the nature of other components present in the detergent composition, the temperatures of wash water, the degree of agitation, and the ratio of the material washed to tub size.
  • the brightener selection is also dependent upon the type of material to be cleaned, e.g., cottons, synthetics, etc. Since most laundry detergent products are used to clean a variety of fabrics, the detergent compositions should contain a mixture of brighteners which will be effective for a variety of fabrics. It is of course necessary that the individual components of such a brightener mixture be compatible.
  • optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention can be classified into subgroups which include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives of stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, carboxylic acid, methinecyanines, dibenzothiphene-5,5-dioxide, azoles, 5- and 6-membered-ring heterocycles, and other miscellaneous agents. Examples of such brighteners are disclosed in "The Production and Application of Fluorescent Brightening Agents", M. Zahradnik, Published by John Wiley & Sons, New York (1982), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Stilbene derivatives which may be useful in the present invention include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives of bis(triazinyl)amino-stilbene; bisacylamino derivatives of stilbene; triazole derivatives of stilbene; oxadiazole derivatives of stilbene; oxazole derivatives of stilbene; and styryl derivatives of stilbene.
  • Certain derivatives of bis(triazinyl)aminostilbene which may be useful in the present invention may be prepared from 4,4'-diamine- stilbene-2,2'-disulfonic acid.
  • Coumarin derivatives which may be useful in the present invention include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives substituted in the 3-position, in the 7-position, and in the 3- and 7-positions.
  • Carboxylic acid derivatives which may be useful in the present invention include, but are not necessarily limited to, fumaric acid derivatives; benzoic acid derivatives; p-phenylene-bis-acrylic acid derivatives; naphthalenedicarboxylic acid derivatives; heterocyclic acid derivatives; and cinnamic acid derivatives.
  • Cinnamic acid derivatives which may be useful in the present invention can be further subclassified into groups which include, but are not necessarily limited to, cinnamic acid derivatives, styrylazoles, styrylbenzofurans, styryloxadiazoles, styryltriazoles, and styrylpolyphenyls, as disclosed on page 77 of the Zahradnik reference.
  • the styrylazoles can be further subclassified into styrylbenz- oxazoles, styrylimidazoles and styrylthiazoles, as disclosed on page 78 of the Zahradnik reference. It will be understood that these three identified subclasses may not necessarily reflect an exhaus ⁇ tive list of subgroups into which styrylazoles may be subclassified.
  • optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention are the derivatives of dibenzothiophene-5,5- dioxide disclosed at page 741-749 of The Kirk-Oth er Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology. Volume 3, pages 737-750 (John Wiley & Son, Inc., 1962), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, and include 3,7-diaminodibenzothiophene-2,8-disulfonic acid 5,5 dioxide.
  • 5-membered ring heterocycles These can be further subcategorized into monoazoles and bisazoles. Examples of monoazoles and bisazoles are disclosed in the Kirk-Othmer reference.
  • Another class of brighteners which may be useful in the present invention are the derivatives of 6-membered-ring hetero- cycles disclosed in the Kirk-Othmer reference. Examples of such compounds include brighteners derived from pyrazine and brighteners derived from 4-aminonaphthalamide.
  • miscellaneous agents may also be useful as brighteners.
  • miscellaneous agents are disclosed at pages 93-95 of the Zahradnik reference, and include l-hydroxy-3,6,8-pyrenetri- sulphonic acid; 2,4-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-6-yl-pyrene; 4,5-di- phenylimidazolone- disulphonic acid; and derivatives of pyrazoline- quinoline.
  • optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention are those identified in U.S. Patent 4,790,856, issued to Wixon on December 13, 1988, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. These brighteners include the PhorwhiteTM series of brighteners from Verona.
  • Tinopal UNPA Tinopal CBS and Tinopal 5BM
  • Ciba-Geigy available from Ciba-Geigy
  • Arctic White CC available from Hilton-Davis, located in Italy
  • 2-(4-styryl-phenyl)-2H- naphthol[l,2-d]triazoles 4,4'- bis- (l,2,3-triazol-2-yl)-stil- benes
  • 4,4'-bis(styryl)bisphenyls 4,4'-bis(styryl)bisphenyls
  • the y-aminocoumarins include: Tinopal UNPA, Tinopal CBS and Tinopal 5BM; available from Ciba-Geigy; Arctic White CC and Artie White CWD, available from Hilton-Davis, located in Italy
  • the 2-(4-styryl-phenyl)-2H- naphthol[l,2-d]triazoles 4,4'- bis- (l,2,3-tri
  • these brighteners include 4-methyl-7-diethyl- amino coumarin; l,2-bis(-benzimidazol- 2-yl)ethylene; 1,3-diphenylphrazolines; 2,5-bis(benzoxazol-2-yl)- thiophene; 2-styryl-naphth-[l,2-d]oxazole; and 2-(stilbene-4-yl)- 2H-naphtho- [l,2-d]triazole.
  • optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention include those disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,646,015, issued February 29, 1972 to Hamilton, the disclosure of which is incorpor ⁇ ated herein by reference.
  • Other Ingredients include those disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,646,015, issued February 29, 1972 to Hamilton, the disclosure of which is incorpor ⁇ ated herein by reference.
  • compositions hereof A wide variety of other ingredients useful in detergent compositions can be included in the compositions hereof, including other active ingredients, carriers, hydrotropes, processing aids, dyes or pigments, solvents for liquid formulations, etc.
  • Liquid detergent compositions can contain water and other solvents as carriers.
  • Low molecular weight primary or secondary alcohols exemplified by methanol, ethanol, propanol , and isopropanol are suitable.
  • Monohydric alcohols are preferred for solubilizing surfactant, but polyols such as those containing from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms and from 2 to about 6 hydroxy groups (e.g., propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, glycerine, and 1,2-propanediol) can also be used.
  • the detergent compositions hereof will preferably be formulated such that during use in aqueous cleaning operations, the wash water will have a pH of between about 6.5 and about 11, preferably between about 7.5 and about 10.5.
  • Liquid product formulations preferably have a pH between about 7.5 and about 9.5, more preferably between about 7.5 and 9.0.
  • Techniques for controlling pH at recommended usage levels include the use of buffers, alkalis, acids, etc., and are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • This invention further provides a method for improving the performance of granular and liquid detergents containing alkyl sulfate surfactant by incorporating into such composition, either separately or in detersive particles also containing alkyl sulfate surfactant, polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant as described above.
  • This invention further provides a method for cleaning substrates, such as fibers, fabrics, hard surfaces, skin, etc., by contacting said substrate with a detergent composition comprising at least about 1% surfactant and at least 1% of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, wherein a) the composition also includes i) a suds suppressing amount of a suds suppressor, or ii) at least about 1%, preferably from about 3% to about 30% of an auxiliary surfactant selected from the group consisting of alkyl ethoxylates, alkyl ethoxylated sulfates, alkyl ester sulfonates, or mixtures thereof, wherein the weight ratio of alkyl sulfate surfactant to polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, or preferably within the previously stated preferred weight ratios, or b) wherein the composition comprises alkyl sulfate surfactant and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide wherein Rl is methyl, R 2 is a C
  • EXPERIMENTAL This exemplifies a process for making a N-methyl, 1-deoxyglu- cityl lauramide surfactant for use herein.
  • one suitable apparatus for use herein comprises a three-liter four-necked flask fitted with a motor-driven paddle stirrer and a thermometer of length sufficient to contact the reaction medium.
  • the other two necks of the flask are fitted with a nitrogen sweep and a wide-bore side-arm (caution: a wide-bore side-arm is important in case of very rapid methanol evolution) to which is connected an efficient collecting condenser and vacuum outlet.
  • the latter is connected to a nitrogen bleed and vacuum gauge, then to an aspirator and a trap.
  • a 500 watt heating mantle with a variable transformer temperature controller (“Variac”) used to heat the reaction is so placed on a lab-jack that it may be readily raised or lowered to further control temperature of the reaction.
  • Variac variable transformer temperature controller
  • N-methylglucamine (195 g., 1.0 mole, Aldrich, M4700-0) and methyl laurate (Procter & Gamble CE 1270, 220.9 g., 1.0 mole) are placed in a flask.
  • the solid/liquid mixture is heated with stirring under a nitrogen sweep to form a melt (approximately 25 minutes).
  • catalyst anhydrous powdered sodium carbonate, 10.5 g., 0.1 mole, J. T. Baker
  • the nitrogen sweep is shut off and the aspirator and nitrogen bleed are adjusted to give 5 inches (5/31 atm.) Hg. vacuum. From this point on, the reaction temperature is held at 150 * C by adjusting the Variac and/or by raising or lowering the mantle.
  • EXAMPLES 1-6 These examples show preferred compositions containing alkyl sulfates and polyhydroxy fattty acid amides for washing preferably above about 40 * C, at concentrations of about 6000 - 8000 ppm, wash water weight basis.
  • Silicone Fluid Miscellaneous fillers salts, enzymes, bleach, soil release polymers, etc.
  • compositions of Examples 1-3 are preferably utilized at concentrations of about 6000 ppm, wash water weight basis, at a temperature of from about 30 * C to 95"C. These compositions are made by slurrying the base granule ingredients and spray drying to about 9% moisture content. Remaining dry powdered or granular ingredients are admixed followed by spray-on addition of the final liquid ingredients.
  • Examples 4-6 show standard density heavy duty granular detergent compositions for wash temperatures between about 30 ⁇ C to 95*C, at concentrations of about 8000 ppm, wash water weight basis.
  • the compositions are prepared by spray drying a slurry of the base granule ingredients to about 10-13% moisture, adding additional dry powdered ingredients, such as bleach, activators, and other adjuncts, and spraying on liquids such as perfume, nonionics, or suds suppressor fluids.
  • 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 *Suds Suppressor Flake contains approximately 5% of a silica/sili- cone oil dispersion encapsulated in a flake containing primarily polyethylene glycol ("PEG,” 8000 MW), at greater than 80%, and minor optional water soluble ingredients.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • Examples 7-10 exemplify formulations for preferred use of about 1400 ppm, wash water weight basis, for temperatures below about 50'C.
  • the above examples are made by combining the base granule ingredients as a slurry, and spray drying to about 4-8% residual moisture.
  • the remaining dry ingredients are admixed in granular or powder form with the spray dryed granule in a rotary mixing drum, and the liquid ingredients (nonionic surfactant and perfume) sprayed on.
  • Examples 11 and 12 are preferably utilized at about 1000 ppm, wash water weight basis, at temperature less than about 50 * C. These are made by slurrying and spray drying the base granule ingredients to about 7-10% moisture, and admixing or spraying on the remaining ingredients.
  • Suds Suppressor Flake contains approximately 5% of a silica/sili- cone oil dispersion encapsulated in a flake containing primarily PEG (8000 MW), at greater than 80%, and minor optional water soluble ingredients.
  • compositions of Examples 13-15 represent condensed granular formulations prepared by slurrying and spray drying the base granule ingredients to a moisture of about 5%, and mixing in the additional or powdered dry ingredients. The resulting mixture is dedusted by spraying on the liquid ingredients.
  • the product is intended for use at about 1000 ppm concentration, at wash temperatures less than about 30'C.
  • compositions of Examples 16 and 17 are preferably utilized at concentrations of about 6000 ppm, wash water weight basis, at temperature of from about 30'C to 95'C. These compositions can be made by slurrying the base granule ingredients and spray dried to about 9% moisture content. Remaining dry powdered or granular ingredients are added and mixed in a rotary mix drum, followed by spray on addition of the final liquid ingredients.
  • compositions show standard density heavy duty granular detergent compositions for wash temperatures between about 30 ⁇ C to 95'C, at concentrations of about 8000 ppm, wash water weight basis.
  • the compositions are prepared by spray drying a slurry of the base granule ingredients to about 10-13% moisture, adding additional dry powdered ingredients, such as bleach, activators, and other adjuncts, and spraying on liquids such as perfume, nonionics, or suds suppressor fluids.
  • Miscellaneous e.g. solvents, enzymes, brightener, stabilizers, buffers
  • Examples 21-24 are preferably used at about 12000 ppm, wash water weight basis, at temperatures from 30-95'C.
  • TMS/TDS tartrate monosuccinate/tartrate disuccinate
  • Examples 25-27 are preferably used at about 2000 ppm, wash water weight basis, for wash temperatures below about 50 * C.
  • Examples 21-27 are prepared by combining non-aqueous solvents, aqueous surfactant pastes or solutions, melted fatty acids, aqueous solutions of polycarboxylate builders and other salts, aqueous ethoxylated tetraethylenepentamine, buffering agents, caustic, and the remaining water.
  • the pH is adjusted using either an aqueous citric acid solution or sodium hydroxide solution to about pH 8.5.
  • the final ingredients such as soil release agents, enzymes, colorants, and perfume, are added and the mixture stirred until a single phase is achieved.
  • Examples 26-28 are prepared by mixing a melt of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide between 70 * C-100 * C to an alkyl sulfate paste. The product is then allowed to dry to less than 5% moisture, and finally ground and sized to approximately .1-1 mm in diameter.
  • EXAMPLE 31 An alternate method for preparing the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides used herein is as follows. A reaction mixture consisting of 84.87g. fatty acid methyl ester (source: Procter & Gamble methyl ester CE1270), 75g. N-methyl-D-glucamine (source: Aldrich Chemical Company M4700-0), 1.04g. sodium methoxide (source: Aldrich Chemical Company 16,499-2), and 68.51g. methyl alcohol is used. The reaction vessel comprises a standard reflux set-up fitted with a drying tube, condenser and stir bar. In this procedure, the N-methyl glucamine is combined with methanol with stirring under argon and heating is begun with good mixing (stir bar; reflux).
  • the ester and sodium methoxide catalyst are added. Samples are taken periodically to monitor the course of the reaction, but it is noted that the solution is completely clear by 63.5 minutes. It is judged that the reaction is, in fact, nearly complete at that point.
  • the reaction mixture is maintained at reflux for 4 hours. After removal of the methanol, the recovered crude product weighs 156.16 grams. After vacuum drying and purification, an overall yield of 106.92 grams purified product is recovered. However, percentage yields are not calculated on this basis, inasmuch as regular sampling throughout the course of the reaction makes an overall percentage yield value meaningless.
  • the reaction can be carried out at 80% and 90% reactant concentrations for periods up to 6 hours to yield products with extremely small by-product formation.
  • the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides are, by virtue of their amide bond, subject to some instability under highly basic or highly acidic conditions. While some decomposition can be tolerated, it is preferred that these materials not be subjected to pH's above about 11, preferably 10, nor below about 3 for unduly extended periods. Final product pH (liquids) is typically 7.0-9.0. During the manufacture of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides it will typically be necessary to at least partially neutralize the base catalyst used to form the amide bond. While any acid can be used for this purpose, the detergent formulator will recognize that it is a simple and convenient matter to use an acid which provides an anion that is otherwise useful and desirable in the finished detergent composition.
  • citric acid can be used for purposes of neutralization and the resulting citrate ion (ca. 1%) be allowed to remain with a ca. 40% polyhydroxy fatty acid amide slurry and be pumped into the later manufacturing stages of the overall detergent-manufacturing process.
  • the acid forms of materials such as oxydisuccinate, nitrilotriacetate, ethylenediaminetetraacetate, tartrate/succinate, and the like, can be used similarly.
  • the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides derived from coconut alkyl fatty acids are more soluble than their tallow alkyl (predominantly C 16 -C 18 ) counterparts. Accordingly, the C 12 -C 14 materials are somewhat easier to formulate in liquid compo- sitions, and are more soluble in cool-water laundering baths. However, the C 16 -C 18 materials are also quite useful, especially under circumstances where warm-to-hot wash water is used. Indeed, the C 16 -C 1B materials may be better detersive surfactants than their C 12 -C 14 counterparts. Accordingly, the formulator may wish to balance ease-of-manufacture vs.
  • the solubility of the polyhy ⁇ droxy fatty acid amides can be increased by having points of unsat- uration and/or chain branching in the fatty acid moiety.
  • materials such as the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides derived from oleic acid and iso-stearic acid are more soluble than their n-alkyl counterparts.
  • polyhydroxy fatty acid amides prepared from disaccharides, trisaccharides, etc. will ordinarily be greater than the solubility of their monosaccharide-derived counterpart materials. This higher solubility can be of particular assistance when formulating liquid compositions.
  • polyhydroxy fatty acid amides wherein the polyhydroxy group is derived from maltose appear to function especially well as deter- gents when used in combination with conventional alkylbenzene sulfonate ("LAS") surfactants.
  • LAS alkylbenzene sulfonate
  • the combination of LAS with the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides derived from the higher saccharides such as maltose causes a substantial and unexpected lowering of interfacial tension in aqueous media, thereby enhancing net detergency perform ⁇ ance.
  • the manufacture of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide derived from maltose is described hereinafter.
  • the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides can be manufactured not only from the purified sugars, but also from hydrolyzed starches, e.g., corn starch, potato starch, or any other convenient plant-derived starch which contains the mono-, di-, etc. saccharide desired by the formulator. This is of particular importance from the economic standpoint. Thus, "high glucose” corn syrup, "high maltose” corn syrup, etc. can conveniently and economically be used.
  • De-lignified, hydrolyzed cellulose pulp can also provide a raw material source for the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides.
  • polyhydroxy fatty acid amides derived from the higher saccharides such as maltose, lactose, etc.
  • the more soluble polyhydroxy fatty acid amides can help solubilize their less soluble counterparts, to varying degrees.
  • the formulator may elect to use a raw material comprising a high glucose corn syrup, for example, but to select a syrup which contains a modicum of maltose (e.g., 1% or more).
  • the resulting mixture of polyhydroxy fatty acids will, in general, exhibit more preferred solubility properties over a broader range of temperatures and concentrations than would a "pure" glucose-derived polyhydroxy fatty acid amide.
  • the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides prepared from mixed sugars can offer very substantial advantages with respect to performance and/or ease-of- formulation.
  • some loss of grease removal performance may be noted at fatty acid malt- amide levels above about 25% and some loss in sudsing above about 33% (said percentages being the percentage of maltamide-derived polyhydroxy fatty acid amide vs. glucose-derived polyhydroxy fatty acid amide in the mixture). This can vary somewhat, depending on the chain length of the fatty acid moiety.
  • the formulator electing to use such mixtures may find it advantageous to select polyhydroxy fatty acid amide mixtures which contain ratios of monosaccharides (e.g., glucose) to di- and higher saccharides (e.g., maltose) from about 4:1 to about 99:1.
  • monosaccharides e.g., glucose
  • di- and higher saccharides e.g., maltose
  • the formulator of, for example, solid, typically granular, detergent compositions may find it convenient to run the process at 30'C-90'C in solvents which comprise ethoxylated alcohols, such as the ethoxylated (EO 3-8) C 12 -C 14 alcohols, such as those available as NEODOL 23 E06.5 (Shell).
  • ethoxylated alcohols such as the ethoxylated (EO 3-8) C 12 -C 14 alcohols, such as those available as NEODOL 23 E06.5 (Shell).
  • EO 3-8 ethoxylated (EO 3-8) C 12 -C 14 alcohols, such as those available as NEODOL 23 E06.5 (Shell).
  • ethoxylates it is preferred that they not contain substantial amounts of unethoxylated alcohol and, most preferably, not contain substantial amounts of mono-ethoxylated alcohol.
  • T designation.
  • the industrial scale reaction sequence for preparing the preferred acyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amides will comprise: Step 1 - preparing the N-alkyl polyhydroxy amine derivative from the desired sugar or sugar mixture by formation of an adduct of the N-alkyl amine and the sugar, followed by reaction with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst; followed by Step 2 - reacting the aforesaid polyhydroxy amine with, preferably, a fatty ester to form an amide bond. While a variety of N-alkyl polyhydroxy amines useful in Step 2 of the reaction sequence can be prepared by various art-disclosed processes, the following process is convenient and makes use of economical sugar syrup as the raw material.
  • the Gardner Color for the adduct is much worse as the temperature is raised above about 30 * C and at about 50 * C, the time that the adduct has a Gardner Color below 7 is only about 30 minutes.
  • the temperature should be less than about 20*C.
  • the Gardner Color should be less than about 7, and preferably less than about 4 for good color glucamine.
  • the time to reach substantial equilibrium concentration of the adduct is shortened by the use of higher ratios of amine to sugar.
  • equilibrium is reached in about two hours at a reaction temperature of about 30 * C.
  • the time is at least about three hours.
  • the combination of amine:sugar ratio; reaction temperature; and reaction time is selected to achieve substantially equilibrium conversion, e.g., more than about 90%, preferably more than about 95%, even more preferably more than about 99%, based upon the sugar, and a color that is less than about 7, preferably less than about 4, more preferably less than about 1, for the adduct.
  • the MMA adduct color (after substantial equilibrium is reached in at least about two hours) is as indicated.
  • the starting sugar material must be very near colorless in order to consistently have adduct that is acceptable.
  • the sugar has a Gardner Color of about 1, the adduct is sometimes acceptable and sometimes not acceptable.
  • the Gardner Color is above 1 the resulting adduct is unacceptable. The better the initial color of the sugar, the better is the color of the adduct.
  • the above procedure is repeated with about 23.1 g of Raney Ni catalyst with the following changes.
  • the catalyst is washed three times and the reactor, with the catalyst in the reactor, is purged twice with 200 psig H 2 and the reactor is pressurized with H 2 at 1600 psig for two hours, the pressure is released at one hour and the reactor is repressurized to 1600 psig.
  • the adduct is then pumped into the reactor which is at 200 psig and 20'C, and the reactor is purged with 200 psig H 2 , etc., as above.
  • the resulting product in each case is greater than about 95% N-methyl glucamine; has less than about 10 ppm Ni based upon the glucamine; and has a solution color of less than about Gardner 2.
  • the crude N-methyl glucamine is color stable to about 140 ⁇ C for a short exposure time.
  • adduct that has low sugar content (less than about 5%, preferably less than about 1%) and a good color (less than about 7, preferably less than about 4 Gardner, more preferably less than about 1).
  • adduct is prepared starting with about 159 g of about 50% methylamine in water, which is purged and shielded with N 2 at about 10-20'C. About 330 g of about 70% corn syrup (near water-white) is degassed with N 2 at about 50'C and is added slowly to the methylamine solution at a temperature of less than about 20 * C. The solution is mixed for about 30 minutes to give about 95% adduct that is a very light yellow solution.
  • About 190 g of adduct in water and about 9 g of United Catalyst G49B Ni catalyst are added to a 200 ml autoclave and purged three times with H 2 at about 20'C.
  • the H 2 pressure is raised to about 200 psi and the temperature is raised to about 50'C.
  • the pressure is raised to 250 psi and the temperature is held at about 50-55 * C for about three hours.
  • the product, which is about 95% hydrogenated at this point, is then raised to a temperature of about 85'C for about 30 minutes and the product, after removal of water and evaporation, is about 95% N-methyl glucamine, a white powder.
  • N-methyl glucamine in this reaction is about 100 ppm as compared to the less than 10 ppm in the previous reaction.
  • Adduct for use in making glucamine is prepared by combining about 420 g of about 55% glucose (corn syrup) solution (231 g glucose; 1.28 moles) (the solution is made using 99DE corn syrup from CarGill, the solution having a color less than Gardner 1) and about 119 g of 50% methylamine (59.5 g MMA; 1.92 moles) (from Air Products) .
  • the reaction procedure is as follows:
  • the adduct is used for the hydrogen reaction right after making, or is stored at low temperature to prevent further degradation.
  • the glucamine adduct hydrogen reactions are as follows: 1. Add about 134 g adduct (color less than about Gardner 1) and about 5.8 g G49B Ni to a 200 ml autoclave. 2. Purge the reaction mix with about 200 psi H 2 twice at about 20-30'C.
  • the preparation of the tallow (hardened) fatty acid amide of N-methyl maltamine for use in detergent compositions according to this invention is as follows.
  • Step 1 - Reactants Maltose monohydrate (Aldrich, lot 01318KW); methylamine (40 wt% in water) (Aldrich, lot 03325TM); Raney nickel, 50% slurry (UAD 52-73D, Aldrich, lot 12921LW).
  • the reactants are added to glass liner (250 g maltose, 428 g methylamine solution, 100 g catalyst slurry - 50 g Raney Ni) and placed in 3 L rocking autoclave, which is purged with nitrogen (3X500 psig) and hydrogen (2X500 psig) and rocked under H 2 at room temperature over a weekend at temperatures ranging from 28'C to 50 * C.
  • the crude reaction mixture is vacuum filtered 2X through a glass microfiber filter with a silica gel plug.
  • the filtrate is concentrated to a viscous material.
  • the final traces of water are azetroped off by dissolving the material in methanol and then removing the methanol/water on a rotary evaporator.
  • N-methyl maltamine which is used in Step 2 of the overall synthesis.
  • Step 2 Reactants: N-methyl maltamine (from Step 1); hardened tallow methyl esters; sodium methoxide (25% in methanol); absolute methanol (solvent); mole ratio 1:1 amine:ester; initial catalyst level 10 mole % (w/r maltamine), raised to 20 mole %; solvent level 50% (vrt.).
  • a silica gel slurry in 100% methanol is loaded into a funnel and washed several times with 100% methanol.
  • a concentrated sample of the product (20 g in 100 ml of 100% methanol) is loaded onto the silica gel and eluted several times using vacuum and several methanol washes.
  • the collected eluant is evaporated to dryness (rotary evaporator). Any remaining tallow ester is removed by trituration in ethyl acetate overnight, followed by filtration. The filter cake is vacuum dried overnight.
  • the product is the tallowalkyl N-methyl maltamide.
  • Step 1 of the foregoing reaction sequence can be conducted using commercial corn syrup comprising glucose or mixtures of glucose and, typically, 5%, or higher, maltose.
  • the resulting polyhydroxy fatty acid amides and mixtures can be used in any of the detergent compositions herein.
  • Step 2 of the foregoing reaction sequence can be carried out in 1,2-propylene glycol or NEODOL.
  • the propylene glycol or NEODOL need not be removed from the reaction product prior to its use to formulate detergent compositions.
  • the methoxide catalyst can be neutralized by citric acid to provide sodium citrate, which can remain in the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide.
  • the compositions herein can contain more or less of various suds control agents.
  • various suds control agents For dishwashing high sudsing is desirable so no suds control agent will be used.
  • a wide variety of suds control agents are known in the art and can be routinely selected for use herein. Indeed, the selection of suds control agent, or mixtures of suds control agents, for any specific detergent composition will depend not only on the presence and amount of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide used therein, but also on the other surfactants present in the formulation.
  • silicone-based suds control agents of various types are more efficient (i.e., lower levels can be used) than various other types of suds control agents.
  • the silicone suds control agents available as X2-3419 and Q2-3302 (Dow Corning) are particularly useful herein.
  • the formulator of fabric laundering compositions which can advantageously contain soil release agent has a wide variety of known materials to choose from (see, for example, U.S. Patents 3,962,152; 4,116,885; 4,238,531; 4,702,857; 4,721,580 and 4,877,896).
  • Additional soil release materials useful herein include the nonionic oligomeric esterification product of a reaction mixture comprising a source of C ⁇ alkoxy-terminated polyethoxy units (e.g., CH 3 [0CH 2 CH 2 ] 16 0H), a source of terephthaloyl units (e.g., dimethyl terephthalate); a source of poly(oxyethylene)oxy units (e.g., polyethylene glycol 1500); a source of oxyiso-propyleneoxy units (e.g., 1,2-propylene glycol); and a source of oxyethyleneoxy units (e.g., ethylene glycol) especially wherein the mole ratio of oxyethyleneoxy units:oxyiso-propyleneoxy units is at least about 0.5:1.
  • Such nonionic soil release agents are of the general formula
  • R 1 is lower (e.g., C-i-C alkyl, especially methyl; x and y are each integers from about 6 to about 100; m is an integer of from about 0.75 to about 30; n is an integer from about 0.25 to about 20; and R 2 is a mixture of both H and CH 3 to provide a mole ratio of oxyethyleneoxy:oxyisopropyleneoxy of at least about 0.5:1.
  • soil release agent useful herein is of the general anionic type described in U.S. Patent 4,877,896, but with the condition that such agents be substantially free of mono ⁇ mers of the HOROH type wherein R is propylene or higher alkyl.
  • the soil release agents of U.S. Patent 4,877,896 can comprise, for example, the reaction product of dimethyl terephthalate, ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol and 3-sodiosulfobenzoic acid
  • these additional soil release agents can comprise, for example, the reaction product of dimethyl terephthalate, ethylene glycol, 5-sodiosulfoisophthalate and 3-sodiosulfobenzoic acid.
  • Such agents are preferred for use in granular laundry detergents.
  • the formulator may also determine that it is advantageous to include a non-perborate bleach, especially in heavy-duty granular laundry detergents.
  • a non-perborate bleach especially in heavy-duty granular laundry detergents.
  • peroxygen bleaches are available, commercially, and can be used herein, but, of these, percarbonate is convenient and economical.
  • the compositions herein can contain a solid percarbonate bleach, normally in the form of the sodium salt, incorporated at a level of from 3% to 20% by weight, more preferably from 5% to 18% by weight and most preferably from 8% to 15% by weight of the composition.
  • Sodium percarbonate is an addition compound having a formula corresponding to 2Na 2 C0 3 . 3H 2 0 2 , and is available commercially as a crystalline solid. Most commercially available material includes a low level of a heavy metal sequestrant such as EDTA, 1-hydroxy- ethylidene 1,1-diphosphonic acid (HEDP) or an amino-phosphonate, that is incorporated during the manufacturing process.
  • a heavy metal sequestrant such as EDTA, 1-hydroxy- ethylidene 1,1-diphosphonic acid (HEDP) or an amino-phosphonate
  • the percarbonate can be incorporated into detergent composi ⁇ tions without additional protection, but preferred embodiments of the invention utilize a stable form of the material (FMC).
  • sodium silicate Si0 2 :Na 2 0 ratio from 1.6:1 to 2.8:1, preferably 2.0:1, applied as an aqueous solution and dried to give a level of from 2% to 10% (normally from 3% to 5%), of silicate solids by weight of the percarbonate.
  • Magnesium silicate can also be used and a chelant such as one of those mentioned above can also be included in the coating.
  • the particle size range of the crystalline percarbonate is from 350 micrometers to 450 micrometers with a mean of approximately 400 micrometers. When coated, the crystals have a size in the range from 400 to 600 micrometers.
  • the percarbonate While heavy metals present in the sodium carbonate used to manufacture the percarbonate can be controlled by the inclusion of sequestrants in the reaction mixture, the percarbonate still requires protection from heavy metals present as impurities in other ingredients of the product. It has been found that the total level of iron, copper and manganese ions in the product should not exceed 25 ppm and preferably should be less than 20 ppm in order to avoid an unacceptably adverse effect on percarbonate stability.
  • a modern, condensed laundry detergent granule is as follows.
  • Layered silicate builders are known in the art. Preferred are the layered sodium silicates. See, for example, the layered sodium silicate builders of U.S. Patent 4,664,859, issued May 12,
  • a suitable layered silicate builder is available as SKS-6 from Hoechst. ⁇ •Available from Novo Nordisk A/S, Copenhagen.
  • Highly preferred granules of the foregoing types are those which comprise from about 0.0001% to about 2% by weight of active enzyme and at least about 1% by weight of said polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and, most preferably, wherein the anionic surfactant is not an alkylbenzene sulfonate surfactant.
  • EXAMPLE 34 The following illustrates a perborate bleach-plus-bleach activator detergent composition of the present invention which is prepared by admixing the listed ingredients in a mixing drum.
  • Zeolite A refers to hydrated crystalline Zeolite A containing about 20% water and having an average particle size of 1 to 10, preferably 3 to 5, microns;
  • LAS refers to sodium c i 2 . 3 linear alkylbenzene sulfonate; AS refers to sodium C 14 -C 15 alkyl sulfate;
  • nonionic refers to coconut alcohol condensed with about 6.5 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol and stripped of unethoxylated and onoethoxylated alcohol, also abbreviated as CnAE6.5T.; and DTPA refers to sodium diethylenetriamine pentaacetate. Parts by Weight of
  • -7he base granules are produced by spray drying an aqueous crutcher mix of the listed ingredients.
  • NAPAA wet cake which typically consists of about 60% water, about 2% peroxyacid available oxygen (AvO) (corresponding to about 36% NAPAA), and the rest (about 4%) unreacted starting material, is obtained.
  • This wet cake is the crude reaction product of NAAA (monononyl amide of adipic acid), sulfuric acid, and hydrogen peroxide which is subsequently quenched by addition to water followed by filtration, washing with distilled water, phosphate buffer washing and final suction filtration to recover the wet cake.
  • a portion of the wet cake is air-dried at room temperature to obtain a dry sample which typically consists of about 5% AvO (corresponding to about 90% NAPAA) and about 10% unreacted starting material. When dry, the sample pH is about 4.5.
  • NAPAA granules are prepared by mixing about 51.7 parts of the dried NAPAA wet cake (containing about 10% unreacted), about 11.1 parts of sodium C 12#3 linear alkyl benzene sulfonate (LAS) paste
  • the granules (which contain about 47% NAPAA) are sized by passing through a No. 14 Tyler mesh sieve and retaining all particles not passing through a No. 65 Tyler mesh.
  • the average amide peroxyacid particle (agglomerate) size is about 5-40 microns and the median particle size is about
  • NOBS nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate
  • granules are prepared according to U.S. Patent 4,997,596, Bowling et al, issued March 5, 1991, incorporated herein by reference. "Zeolite granules having the following composition are made by mixing Zeolite A with PEG 8000 and CnAE6.5T in an Eirich R08 energy int nsive ixer. Parts b Wei ht
  • the PEG 8000 is in an aqueous form containing 50% water and is at a temperature of approximately 55"F (12.8'C).
  • the CnAE6.5T is in a liquid state and is held at approximately 90 * F (32.2 * C).
  • the two liquids are combined by pumping through a 12 element static mixer.
  • the resulting binder material has an outlet temperature of approximately 75 * F (23.9'C) and a viscosity of approximately 5000 cps.
  • the ratio of PEG 8000 and CnAE6.5T through the static mixer is 72:28 respectively.
  • the Eirich R08 energy intensive mixer is operated in a batch type mode. First, 34.1 kg of powdered Zeolite A is weighed into the pan of the mixer. The mixer is started by first rotating the pan in a counterclockwise direction at approximately 75 rotations per minute (rpm), and then rotating the rotor blade in a clockwise direction at 1800 rpm. The binder material is then pumped from the static mixer directly into the Eirich R08 energy intensive mixer which contains Zeolite A. The feed rate of the binder material is about 2 minutes. The mixer continues to mix for an additional I minute for a total batch time of approximately 3 minutes. The batch is then discharged and collected in a fiber drum.
  • the batch step is repeated until approximately 225 kg of wet product has been collected. This discharged product is then dried in a fluid bed at 240-270 * F (116-132'C). The drying step removes most of the free water and changes the composition as described above.
  • the total energy input by the mixer to the product in a batch mode is approximately 1.31X10 12 erg/kg. at a rate of approxi- mately 2.18X10 9 erg/kg-s.
  • the resulting free flowing agglomerates have a mean particle size of about 450-500 microns.
  • EXAMPLE 35 A granular laundry detergent composition suitable for use at the relatively high concentrations common to front-loading automatic washing machines, especially in Europe, and over a wide range of temperatures is as follows.
  • Water (ex zeolite) Balance -•SOKALAN is sodium poly-acrylate/ aleate available from Hoechst.
  • X2-3419 is a silicone suds suppressor available from Dow Corning.
  • the procedure for preparing the granules comprises various tower-drying, agglomerating, dry-additions, etc., as follows. The percentages are based on the finished composition.
  • the above particle is then coagglomerated with a high active paste (70%) of a sodium salt of C 14 -C 15 alkyl sulfate and
  • the silicone suds suppressor X2-3419 (95%-97% high molecular weight linear silicone; 3%-5% hydrophobic silica) ex Dow Corning is coagglomerated with Zeolite A (2-5 ⁇ , size), starch and stearyl alcohol binder.
  • This particle has the following formulation: Zeolite A 0.22%
  • the detergent preparation exhibits excellent solubility, superior performance and excellent suds control when used in
  • European washing machine e.g., using 85 g detergent in a AEG-brand washing machine in 30'C, 40 * C, 60 * C and 90'C cycles.
  • the fatty acid glucamide surfactant can be replaced by an equivalent amount of the maltamide surfactant, or mixtures of glucamide/ altamide surfactants derived from plant sugar sources.
  • the use of ethanol- amides appears to help cold temperature stability of the finished formulations.
  • the use of sulfobetaine (aka “sultaine”) surfactants provides superior sudsing.
  • the formulator of high sudsing compositions will desirably avoid the introduction of suds-suppressing amounts of such fatty acids into high sudsing compositions with the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and/or avoid the formation of C 14 and higher fatty acids on storage of the finished compositions.
  • One simple means is to use C 12 ester reactants to prepare the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides herein.
  • anionic optical brighteners to liquid detergents containing relatively high concentrations (e.g., 10% and greater) of anionic or polyanionic substituents such as the polycarboxylate builders may find it useful to pre-mix the bright ⁇ ener with water and the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and then to add the pre-mix to the final composition.
  • Polyglutamic acid or polyaspartic acid dispersants can be usefully employed with zeolite-built detergents.
  • AE fluid or flake and DC-544 are other examples of useful suds control agents herein.

Abstract

Disclosed are detergent compositions comprising alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide of formula (I) wherein R1 is H, C¿1?-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxyl propyl, or mixture thereof, R?2 is C¿5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxy hydrocarbyl with a linear hydrocarbyl chain having at least three hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof, in combination with a suds suppressor. In another aspect, the alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide are utilized together within selected ratios for improved performance. In another aspect, liquid detergents are provided containing the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide and C14 or higher alkyl sulfates. In yet another aspect, detersive particles of alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide are provided. In yet another aspect, specified types of auxiliary surfactants are added to the composition for improved results.

Description

DETERGENT CONTAINING ALKYL SULFATE AND POLYHYDROXY FATTY ACID AMIDE SURFACTANTS
FTELD OF INVENTION This invention pertains to alkyl sulfate surfactant-containing laundry detergent compositions. More particularly, this invention pertains to laundry detergent compositions containing mixtures of alkyl sulfate and certain polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The ability of laundry detergent compositions to provide good overall cleaning for a large variety of soils and stains from the multitude of fabrics that can be present in a typical load of laundry is of high importance in the evaluation of such detergents. Mixtures of linear alkylbenzene sulfonates ("LAS") and alkyl sulfate ("AS'') surfactants have been used in granular detergent compositions with great effectiveness for overall laundry cleaning ability in both cold and hot water wash conditions. The LAS surfactants have been utilized freαuently for their ability to provide execellent cleaning of grease and oil stains. Combinations of LAS with AS are desirable because they combine the excellent grease and oil cleaning of LAS (along with good cleaning across a broad range of stain- types) with the excellent particulate soil removal performance of AS surfactants. Whereas AS surfactants are readily derived from renewable resources, it would be desirable to provide a detergent composition that could provide comparable or improved cleaning performance wherein the LAS was either partially or completely replaced with surfactant that could easily be made from natural, renewable, non-petroleum raw materials.
It would also be desirable to effectively incorporate certain AS surfactants into heavy duty liquid detergents, in order to benefit from their good overall cleaning ability, especially their excellent particulate soil cleaning ability. Whereas the lower alkyl chain alkyl sulfate surfactants can easily be incorporated into light duty liquid detergents, practitioners in the art have experienced difficulty in incorporating C14 and longer alkyl sulfate surfactants into liquid detergents. It is these longer chain surfactants that are generally preferred for laundry and other
' textile cleaning applications.
Additionally, for granular detergents, it would be desirable to enhance the solubility and dissolution of the alkyl sulfate surfactants in aqueous solutions, especially those alkyl sulfates having C14 and longer alkyl chains.
10 This invention provides detergent compositions that contain alkyl sulfates and that can have reduced concentration of, or elimination of, LAS, while providing excellent overall cleaning performance, including grease/oil stains. This invention provides detergent compositions that can be in granular form, and further
-- provides detergent compositions that can be in liquid form including C14 and higher alkyl sulfate surfactants. The inclusion of such polyhydroxy fatty acid amides in granular detergent compositions can increase the solubility and dissolution of alkyl sulfate surfactants in aqueous solutions.
20 The invention further encompasses novel detersive particles for providing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant in granular form wherein the detersive particles comprise a mixture of the two surfactants and a third ingredient for further enhancing dissolution in aqueous solutions. These detersive particles are
25 advantageous in that they provide improved means for delivery polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to granular detergent formulations in a non-tacky form, without resorting to the use of substantial quantities of inert, and therefore cost-ineffective, ingredients. Ordinarily, the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides exhibit a tacky or
30 sticky property which is undesirable in granular formulations. Furthermore, these detersive particles can exhibit improved dissolution in aqueous solutions, particularly in automatic laundry washing machines.
BACKGROUND ART
35
A variety of polyhydroxy fatty acid amides have been described in the art. N-acyl, N-methyl glucamides, for example, are disclosed by J. W. Goodby, M. A. Marcus, E. Chin, and P. L. Finn in "The
Thermotropic Liquid-Crystalline Properties of Some Straight Chain Carbohydrate A phiphiles," Liquid Crystals, 1988, Volume 3, No. 11, pp 1569-1581, and by A. Muller-Fahrnow, V. Zabel, M. Steifa, and R. Hilgenfeld in "Molecular and Crystal Structure of a Nonionic Detergent: Nonanoyl-N-methylglucamide," J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun., 1986, pp 1573-1574. The use of N-alkyl polyhydroxyamide surfactants has been of substantial interest recently for use in biochemistry, for example in the dissociation of biological membranes. See, for example, the journal article "N-D-Gluco-N-methyl-alkanamide Compounds, a New Class of Non-Ionic Detergents For Membrane Biochemistry," Biochem. J. (1982), Vol. 207, pp 363-366, by J. E. K. Hildreth.
The use of N-alkyl glucamides in detergent compositions has also been discussed. U.S. Patent 2,965,576, issued December 20, 1960 to E. R. Wilson, and G.B. Patent 809,060, published February 18, 1959, assigned to Thomas Hedley & Co., Ltd. relate to detergent compositions containing anionic surfactants and certain amide surfactants, which can include N-methyl gluca ide, added as a low temperature suds enhancing agent. These compounds include an N-acyl radical of a higher straight chain fatty acid having 10-14 carbon atoms. These compositions may also contain auxiliary materials such as alkali metal phosphates, alkali metal silicates, sulfates, and carbonates. It is also generally indicated that additional constituents to impart desirable properties to the composition can also be included in the compositions, such as fluorescent dyes, bleaching agents, perfumes, etc.
U.S. Patent 2,703,798, issued March 8, 1955 to A. M. Schwartz, relates to aqueous detergent compositions containing the condensation reaction product of N-alkyl glucamine and an aliphatic ester of a fatty acid. The product of this reaction is said to be useable in aqueous detergent compositions without further purification. It is also known to prepare a sulfuric ester of acylated glucamine as disclosed in U.S. Patent 2,717,894, issued September 13, 1955, to A. M. Schwartz.
PCT International Application WO 83/04412, published December 22, 1983, by J. Hildreth, relates to amphiphilic compounds containing polyhydroxyl aliphatic groups said to be useful for a variety of purposes including use as surfactants in cosmetics, drugs, shampoos, lotions, and eye ointments, as emulsifiers and dispensing agents for medicines, and in biochemistry for solubilizing membranes, whole cells, or other tissue samples, and for preparation of liposomes. Included in this disclosure are compounds of the formula R'C0N(R)CH2R" and R"C0N(R)R' wherein R is
- hydrogen or an organic grouping, R' is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group of at least three carbon atoms, and R" is the residue of an aldose.
European Patent 0 285 768, published October 12, 1988, H. Kelkenberg, et al., relates to the use of N-polyhydroxy alkyl fatty
10 acid amides as thickening agents in aqueous detergent systems. Included are amides of the formula RιC(0)N(X)R2 wherein Ri is a cl_c17 (preferably C7-C17) alkyl, R2 is hydrogen, a Ci-Cjβ (preferably Ci-Ce) alkyl, or an alkylene oxide, and X is a polyhydroxy alkyl having four to seven carbon atoms, e.g., N-methyl,
-•■ coconut fatty acid glucamide. The thickening properties of the amides are indicated as being of particular use in liquid surfactant systems containing paraffin sulfonate, although the aqueous surfactant systems can contain other anionic surfactants, such as alkylaryl sulfonates, olefin sulfonate, sulfosuccinic acid half
2° ester salts, and fatty alcohol ether sulfonates, and nonionic surfactants such as fatty alcohol polyglycol ether, alkylphenol polyglycol ether, fatty acid polyglycol ester, polypropylene oxide-polyethylene oxide mixed polymers, etc. Paraffin sulfonate/N-methyl coconut fatty acid gluca ide/nonionic surfactant
25 shampoo formulations are exemplified. In addition to thickening attributes, the N-polyhydroxy alkyl fatty acid amides are said to have superior skin tolerance attributes.
U.S. Patent 2,982,737, issued May 2, 1961, to Boettner, et al., relates to detergent bars containing urea, sodium lauryl sulfate
30 anionic surfactant, and an N-alkylglucamide nonionic surfactant which is selected from N-methyl,N-sorbityl lauramide and N-methyl, N-sorbityl myristamide.
Other glucamide surfactants are disclosed, for example, in DT 2,226,872, published December 20, 1973, H. W. Eckert, et al., which
35 relates to washing compositions comprising one or more surfactants and builder salts selected from polymeric phosphates, sequestering agents, and washing alkalis, improved by the addition of an N-acylpolyhydroxyalkyl-amine of the formula RιC(0)N(R2)CH2(CH0H)n- CH2OH, wherein R] is a C1-C3 alkyl, R2 is a Cιo_c22 alkyl. an n is 3 or 4. The N-acylpolyhydroxyalkyl-amine is added as a soil sus¬ pending agent.
U.S. Patent 3,654,166, issued April 4, 1972, to H. W. Eckert, et al., relates to detergent compositions comprising at least one surfactant selected from the group of anionic, zwitterionic, and nonionic surfactants and, as a textile softener, an N-acyl, N-alkyl polyhydroxy!alkyl compound of the formula RιN(Z)C(0)R2 wherein Ri is
10 a C10-C22 alkyl, R2 is a C7-C21 alkyl, Ri and R2 total from 23 to 39 carbon atoms, and Z is a polyhydroxyalkyl which can be -CH2(CH0H)m- CH2OH where m is 3 or 4.
U.S. Patent 4,021,539, issued May 3, 1977, to H. Mδller, et al., relates to skin treating cosmetic compositions containing -- N-polyhydroxylalkyl-amines which include compounds of the formula RlN(R)CH(CH0H)mR2 wherein Ri is H, lower alkyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, or a inoalkyl, as well as heterocyclic a inoalkyl, R is the same as Rl but both cannot be H, and R2 is CH2OH or COOH.
French Patent 1,360,018, April 26, 1963, assigned to Commercial 0 Solvents Corporation, relates to solutions of formaldehyde stabilized against polymerization with the addition of amides of the formula RC(0)N(Rj)G wherein R is a carboxylic acid functionality having at least seven carbon atoms, R] is hydrogen or a lower alkyl group, and G is a glycitol radical with at least 5 carbon atoms. 5 German Patent 1,261,861, February 29, 1968, A. Heins, relates to glucamine derivatives useful as wetting and dispersing agents of the formula N(R)(Rι)(R2) wherein R is a sugar residue of glucamine, Rl is a C10-C20 alkyl radical, and R2 is a C1-C5 acyl radical.
G.B. Patent 745,036, published February 15, 1956, assigned to 0 Atlas Powder Company, relates to heterocyclic amides and carboxylic esters thereof that are said to be useful as chemical intermediates, emulsifiers, wetting and dispersing agents, detergents, textile softeners, etc. The compounds are expressed by the formula N(R)(Rι)C(0)R2 wherein R is the residue of an anhydrized hexane 5 pentol or a carboxylic acid ester thereof, Rj is a monovalent hydrocarbon radical, and -C(0)R2 is the acyl radical of a carboxylic acid having from 2 to 25 carbon atoms. U.S. Patent 3,312,627, issued April 4, 1967 to D. T. Hooker, discloses solid toilet bars that are substantially free of anionic detergents and al aline builder materials, and which contain l thium soap of certain fatty acids, a nonionic surfactant selected from certain propylene oxide-ethylenediamine-ethylene oxide condensates, propylene oxide-propylene glycol-ethylene oxide condensates, and polymerized ethylene glycol, and also contain a nonionic lathering component which can include polyhydroxyamide of the formula RC(0)NRl(R2) wherein RC(0) contains from about 10 to about 14 carbon atoms, and R* and R2 each are H or Ci-Cβ alkyl groups, said alkyl groups containing a total number of carbon atoms of from 2 to about 7 and a total number of substituent hydroxyl groups of from 2 to about 6. A substantially similar disclosure is found in U.S. Patent 3,312,626, also issued April 4, 1967 to D. T. Hooker. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one aspect, this invention provides a low sudsing laundry detergent composition useful for cleaning fabrics in automatic washing machines, said composition comprising:
(a) at least about 1% by weight of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula:
0 Rl R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxy hydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
(b) at least about 1% by weight of an alkyl sulfate surfactant; and (c) a suds suppressing amount of a suds suppressor, preferably selected from the group consisting of monocarboxylic fatty acids and salts thereof, silicone suds suppressors, monostearyl di-al ali metal alkyl phosphates and phosphate esters, and hydrocarbon suds suppressors, and mixtures thereof; wherein the weight ratio of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to alkyl sulfate surfactant is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, preferably about 1:6 to about 6:1, more preferably from about 1:4 to about 3:1, most preferably from about 1:4 to about 1:1. In another aspect, this invention provides detergent compositions containing alkyl sulfate surfactant and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide wherein the weight ratio of alkyl sulfate to polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is from about 1.25:1 to about 6:1, preferably from about 1.25:1 to about 4:1, more preferably from about 1.25:1.0, wherein the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is of the formula:
0 Rl R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl is methyl, R2 is C9-C17 alkyl or alkenyl, and Z is a glycityl derived from a reducing sugar, or an alkoxylated derrivative thereof.
In yet another aspect, this invention provides a liquid detergent composition comprising: (a) at least about 1% by weight of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula: 0 Rl R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
(b) at least about 1% by weight of a C14 or higher alkyl sulfate surfactant;
(c) a liquid carrier; wherein said composition has a weight ratio of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to the higher alkyl sulfate surfactant is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, preferably from about 1:6 to about 6:1, more preferably about 1:4 to about 3:1, most preferably from about 1:4 to about 1:1.
In still another aspect, this invention provides detersive particles useful for utilization in granular detergent compositions, said detersive particles comprising an intimate mixture of: (a) from about 5% to about 90% (preferably 50%), by weight, of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula: 0 Rl
R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof; and
(b) from about 10% (preferably 50%) to about 95%, by weight, of an alkyl sulfate surfactant; wherein the ratio of (b):(a) is from about 20:1 to about 1:1. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION In one aspect, this invention provides a low sudsing laundry detergent composition useful for cleaning fabrics in automatic washing machines, said composition comprising:
(a) at least about 1% by weight of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula: 0 Rl
R2 - C - N - Z wherein R is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxy hydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
(b) at least about 1% by weight of an alkyl sulfate surfactant; and
(c) a suds suppressing amount of a suds suppressor, preferably selected from the group consisting of monocarboxylic fatty acids and salts thereof, silicone suds suppressors, monostearyl di-alkali metal alkyl sulfates, and hydrocarbon suds suppressors, and mixtures thereof; wherein the weight ratio of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to alkyl sulfate surfactant is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, preferably about 1:6 to about 6:1, more preferably from about 1:4 to about 3:1, most preferably from about 1:4 to about 1:1. Alkyl Sulfate Surfactant
The compositions hereof will contain at least about 1%, by weight, preferably from about 3% to about 50%, more preferably from about 5% to about 30%, of alkyl sulfate surfactant.
Alkyl sulfate surfactants are well known to those in the art. The alkyl sulfate surfactants hereof are water soluble salts or acids of the formula ROSO3M wherein R is a Cjo or higher hydrocar¬ byl, preferably a C10-C24 hydrocarbyl, preferably an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl having a C10-C20 alkyl component, more preferably a C14-C18 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl, and M is H or a cation, e.g., an alkali metal cation (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium), or ammonium or substituted ammonium (e.g., methyl-, dimethyl-, and tri ethyl ammonium cations and quaternary ammonium cations such as tetramethyl-ammonium and dimethyl piperdinium cations and quaternary ammonium cations derived from alkylamines such as ethylamine, diethyla ine, triethylamine, and mixtures thereof, and the like. In general, C14 and higher alkyls are preferred for detergent composi¬ tion to be used for laundry applications. Typically, for laundry applications (especially for use in automatic washing machines), alkyl chains of Cχ2-16» especially C1 -I6, are preferred for lower wash temperatures (e.g., below about 50*C) and C16-I8 alkyl chains are preferred for higher wash temperatures (e.g., above about 50'C). Polvhvdroxy Fattv Acid Amide Surfactant
The compositions hereof will comprise at least about 1%, typically from about 3% to about 50%, preferably from about 3% to about 30%, of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant described below.
The polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant component of the present invention comprises compounds of the structural formula: 0 Rl (I) R - C - N - Z wherein: Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, preferably C1-C4 alkyl, more preferably C] or C2 alkyl, most preferably Ci alkyl (i.e., methyl); and R2 is a C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, preferably straight chain C7-C19 alkyl or alkenyl, more preferably straight chain C9-C17 alkyl or alkenyl, most preferably straight chain C11-C17 alkyl or alkenyl, or mixture thereof; and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative (preferably ethoxylated or propoxylated) thereof. Z preferably will be derived from a reducing sugar in a reductive amination reaction; more preferably Z is a glycityl. Suitable reducing sugars include glucose, fructose, maltose, lactose, galactose, annose, and xylose. As raw materials, high dextrose corn syrup, high fructose corn syrup, and high maltose cornn syrup can be utilized as well as the individual sugars listed above. These corn syrups may yield a mix of sugar components for Z. It should be understood that it is by no means intended to exclude other suitable raw materials. Z preferably will be selected from the group consisting of -CH2-(CH0H)n-CH20H, -CH(CH20H)-(CH0H)n-:- CH20H, -CH2-(CH0H)2(CH0R')(CH0H)-CH20H, where n is an integer from 3 to 5, inclusive, and R' is H or a cyclic or aliphatic onosacchar- ide, and alkoxylated derivatives thereof. Most preferred are glycityls wherein n is 4, particularly -CH2-(CH0H)4-CH20H. In Formula (I), R1 can be, for example, N-methyl, N-ethyl, N-propyl , N-isopropyl, N-butyl, N-2-hydroxy ethyl, or N-2-hydroxy propyl .
R2-C0-N< can be, for example, cocamide, stearamide, oleamide, lauramide, myristamide, caprica ide, pal itamide, tallowa ide, etc. - Z can be 1-deoxyglucityl , 2-deoxyfructityl , 1-deoxymaltityl, 1-deoxylactityl, 1-deoxygalactityl , 1-deoxymannityl , 1-deoxymalto- triotityl, etc.
Methods for making polyhydroxy fatty acid amides are known in the art. In general, they can be made by reacting an alkyl amine with a reducing sugar in a reductive amination reaction to form a corresponding N-alkyl polyhydroxya ine, and then reacting the N-alkyl polyhydroxyamine with a fatty aliphatic ester or triglyceride in a condensation/amidation step to form the N-alkyl, N-polyhydroxy fatty acid amide product. Processes for making compositions containing polyhydroxy fatty acid amides are disclosed, for example, in G.B. Patent Specification 809,060, published February 18, 1959, by Thomas Hedley & Co., Ltd., U.S. Patent 2,965,576, issued December 20, 1960 to E. R. Wilson, and U.S. Patent 2,703,798, Anthony M. Schwartz, issued March 8, 1955, and U.S. Patent 1,985,424, issued December 25, 1934 to Piggott, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
In one process for producing N-alkyl or N-hydroxyalkyl , N-deoxyglycityl fatty acid amides wherein the glycityl component is derived from glucose and the N-alkyl or N-hydroxyalkyl functionality is N-methyl, N-ethyl, N-propyl, N-butyl, N-hydroxyethyl , or N-hydroxypropyl , the product is made by reacting N-alkyl- or N-hydroxyalkyl-glucamine with a fatty ester selected from fatty methyl esters, fatty ethyl esters, and fatty triglycerides in the presence of a catalyst selected from the group consisting of tri- lithiu phosphate, trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate, tetrasodium pyrophosphate, pentapotassiu tripolyphosphate, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, disodium tartrate, dipotassium tartrate, sodium potassium tartrate, trisodium citrate, tripotassium citrate, sodium basic silicates, potassium basic silicates, sodium basic alu inosilicates, and potassium basic aluminosilicates, and mixtures thereof. The amount of catalyst is preferably from about 0.5 mole % to about 50 mole %, more preferably from about 2.0 mole % to about 10 mole %, on an N-alkyl or N-hydroxyalkyl-glucamine molar basis. The reaction is preferably carried out at from about 138'C to about 170*C for typically from about 20 to about 90 minutes. When triglycerides are utilized in the reaction mixture as the fatty ester source, the reaction is also preferably carried out using from about 1 to about 10 weight % of a phase transfer agent, calculated on a weight percent basis of total reaction mixture, selected from saturated fatty alcohol polyethoxyl- ates, alkylpolyglycosides, linear glyca ide surfactant, and mixtures thereof.
Preferably, this process is carried out as follows:
(a) preheating the fatty ester to about 138*C to about 170'C;
(b) adding the N-alkyl or N-hydroxyalkyl glucamine to the heated fatty acid ester and mixing to the extent needed to form a two-phase liquid/liquid mixture;
(c) mixing the catalyst into the reaction mixture; and
(d) stirring for the specified reaction time.
Also preferably, from about 2% to about 20% of preformed linear N-alkyl/N-hydroxyalkyl, N-linear glucosyl fatty acid amide product is added to the reaction mixture, by weight of the reactants, as the phase transfer agent if the fatty ester is a triglyceride. This seeds the reaction, thereby increasing reaction rate. A detailed experimental procedure is provided below in the Experimental.
The polyhydroxy "fatty acid" amide materials used herein also offer the advantages to the detergent formulator that they can be prepared wholly or primarily from natural, renewable, non-petro¬ chemical feedstocks and are degradable. They also exhibit low toxicity to aquatic life. It should be recognized that along with the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides of Formula (I), the processes used to produce them will also typically produce quantities of nonvolatile by-product such as estera ides and cyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amide. The level of these by-products will vary depending upon the particular reactants and process conditions. Preferably, the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide incorporated into the detergent compositions hereof will be provided in a form such that the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide- containing composition added to the detergent contains less than about 10%, preferably less than about 4%, of cyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amide. The preferred processes described above are advantageous in that they can yield rather low levels of by-products, including such cyclic amide by-product. Suds Suppressors As discussed above, compounds for reducing or suppressing the formation of suds can be incorporated into the compositions of the present invention. The incorporation of such materials, hereinafter "suds suppressors," are desirable because the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants hereof can increase suds stability of the detergent compositions. Suds suppression can be of particular importance when the detergent compositions include a relatively high sudsing surfactant in combination with the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant. Suds suppression is particularly desirable for compositions intended for use in front loading automatic washing machines. These machines are typically characterized by having drums, for containing the laundry and wash water, which have a horizontal axis and rotary action about the axis. This type of agitation can result in high suds formation and, consequently, in reduced cleaning performance. The use of suds suppressors can also be of particular importance under hot water washing conditions and under high surfactant concentration conditions.
A wide variety of materials may be used as suds suppressors in the compositions hereof. Suds suppressors are well known to those skilled in the art. They are generally described, for example, in Kirk Oth er Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Third Edition, Volume 7, pages 430-447 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1979). One category of suds suppressor of particular interest encompasses monocarboxylic fatty acids and soluble salts thereof. These materials are discussed in U.S. Patent 2,954,347, issued September 27, 1960 to Wayne St. John, said patent being incorporated herein by reference. The monocarboxylic fatty acids, and salts thereof, for use as suds suppressor typically have hydrocarbyl chains of 10 to about 24 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms. Suitable salts include the alkali metal salts such as sodium, potassium, and lithium salts, and ammonium and alkanolammonium salts. These materials are a preferred category of suds suppressor for detergent compositions.
The detergent compositions may also contain non-surfactant suds suppressors. These include, for example, list: high molecular weight hydrocarbons such as paraffin and haloparaffin, fatty acid esters (e.g., fatty acid triglycerides), fatty acid esters of monovalent alcohols, aliphatic C18-C40 ketones (e.g. stearone), etc. Other suds inhibitors include N-alkylated amino triazines such as tri- to hexa-alkylmelamines or di- to tetra-alkyldiamine chlortria- zines formed as products of cyanuric chloride with two or three moles of a primary or secondary amine containing 1 to 24 carbon atoms, propylene oxide, and monostearyl phosphates such as ono- stearyl alcohol phosphate ester (e.g., monostearyl di-alkali metal (e.g., K, Na, Li) phosphate esters) and monostearyl di-alkali (e.g., K, Na, Li) metal phosphates. The hydrocarbons, such as paraffin and haloparaffin, can be utilized in liquid form. The liquid hydrocar¬ bons will be liquid at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, and will have a pour point in the range of about -40*C and about 5*C, and a minimum boiling point not less than about 110'C (atmos¬ pheric pressure). It is also known to utilize waxy hydrocarbons, preferrably having a melting point below about lOO'C. The hydrocar¬ bons constitute a preferred category of suds suppressor for deter¬ gent compositions. Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are described, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo, et al., incorporated herein by reference. The hydrocarbons, thus, include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbons having from about 12 to about 70 carbon atoms. The term "paraffin," as used in this suds suppressor discus- sion, is intended to include mixtures of true paraffins and cyclic hydrocarbons.
Another preferred category of non-surfactant suds comprises silicone suds suppressors. This category includes the use of polyorganosiloxane oils, such as polydimethylsiloxane, dispersions or emulsions of polyorganosiloxane oils or resins, and combinations of polyorganosiloxane with silica particles wherein the polyorgano¬ siloxane is chemisorbed of fused onto the silica. Silicone suds suppressors are well known in the art and are, for example, dis- closed in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al. and European Patent Application No. 89307851.9, published February 7, 1990, by Starch, M. S., both incorporated herein by reference.
Other silicone suds suppressors are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,455,839 which relates to compositions and processes for defoaming aqueous solutions by incorporating therein small amounts of polydimethylsiloxane fluids.
Mixtures of silicone and silanated silica are described, for instance, in German Patent Application DOS 2,124,526. Silicone defoamers and suds controlling agents in granular detergent compositions are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,933,672, Bartolotta et al., and in U.S. Patent 4,652,392, Baginski et al . , issued March 24, 1987.
An exemplary silicone based suds suppressor for use herein is a suds suppressing amount of a suds controlling agent consisting essentially of:
(i) polydimethylsiloxane fluid having a viscosity of from about 20 cs. to about 1500 cs. at 25*C; (ii) from about 5 to about 50 parts per 100 parts by weight of (i) of siloxane resin composed of (CH3)3 SiOχ/2 units of
Siθ2 units in a ratio of from (CH3)3 SiOχ/2 units and to Siθ2 units of from about 0.6:1 to about 1.2:1; and (iii) from about 1 to about 20 parts per 100 parts by weight of (i) of a solid silica gel; For any detergent compositions to be used in automatic laundry washing machines, suds should not form to the extent that they overflow the washing machine. Suds suppressors, when utilized, are preferably present in a "suds suppressing amount." By "suds suppressing amount" is meant that the formulator of the composition can select an amount of this suds controlling agent that will sufficiently control the suds to result in a low-sudsing laundry detergent for use in automatic laundry washing machines. The amount of suds control will vary with the detergent surfactants selected. For example, with high sudsing surfactants, relatively more of the suds controlling agent is used to achieve the desired suds control than with lesser foaming surfactants. In general, a sufficient amount of suds suppressor should be incorporated in low sudsing 5 detergent compositions so that the suds that form during the wash cycle of the automatic washing machine (i.e., upon agitation of the detergent in aqueous solution under the intended wash temperature and concentration conditions) do not exceed about 75% of the void volume of washing machine's containment drum, preferably the suds do -- not exceed about 50% of said void volume, wherein the void volume is determined as the difference between total volume of the containment drum and the volume of the water plus the laundry.
When utilized as suds suppressors, monocarboxylic fatty acids, and salts thereof, will be present typically in amounts up to about 5 5%, by weight, of the detergent composition. Preferably, from about 0.5% to about 3% of fatty monocarboxyl te suds suppressor is utilized. Silicone suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts up to about 2.0%, by weight, of the detergent composition, although higher amounts may be used. This upper limit is practical 0 in nature, due primarly to concern with keeping costs minimized and effectiveness of lower amounts for effectively controlling sudsing. Preferably from about .01% to about 1% of silicone suds suppressor is used, more preferably from about 0.25% to about 0.5%. As used herein, these weight percentage values include any silica that may 5 be utilized in combination with polyorganosiloxane, as well as any adjunct materials that may be utilized. Monostearyl phosphates are generally utilized in amounts ranging from about 0.1% to about 2%, by weight, of the composition.
Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts 0 ranging from about .01% to about 5.0%, although higher levels can be used.
The detergent composition can further include an auxiliary surfactant component which can comprise anionic and nonionic surfactants other than the above-described alkyl sulfate and 5 polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and other types surfactants.
If present, such auxiliary surfactants will typically by present an amounts at least about 1%, by weight, of the detergent composition, preferably from about 3% to about 30%. Certain types of auxiliary surfactants, when utilized in the compositions hereof, can contribute to further surprisingly improved cleaning performance. These auxiliary surfactants include alkyl ethoxylated sulfates, alkyl ethoxylates, and alkyl ester sulfonates (especially methyl ester sulfonates), and mixtures thereof. Prefer¬ ably, the weight ratio of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to these auxiliary surfactants is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, more prefer¬ ably from about 5:1 to about 1:5, even more preferably from about 1:4 to about 4:1. Without limiting the invention, other auxiliary surfactants which can be desirable for inclusion in the compositions hereof include paraffin sulfonates, alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl polyglycosides (especially alkyl polyglucosides), and alkyl phenol alkoxylates. Auxiliary surfactants that can be used are discussed in more detail below. Auxiliary Anionic Surfactants
Alkyl ester sulfonate surfactants hereof include linear esters of C8-C20 carboxylic acids (i.e., fatty acids) which are sulfonated with gaseous SO3 according to "The Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society," 52 (1975), pp. 323-329. Suitable starting materials would include natural fatty substances as derived from tallow, palm, and coconut oils, etc.
The preferred alkyl ester sulfonate surfactant, especially for laundry applications, comprise alkyl ester sulfonate surfactants of the structural formula:
0 R3 - CH - C - OR* SO3M wherein R3 is a C8-C20 hydrocarbyl, preferably an alkyl, or combination thereof, R4 is a Ci-Cβ hydrocarbyl, preferably an alkyl, or combination thereof, and M is a cation which forms a water soluble salt with the alkyl ester sulfonate. Suitable salt-forming cations include metals such as sodium, potassium, and lithium, and substituted or unsubstituted ammonium cations, such as methyl-, dimethyl, -trimethyl, and quaternary ammonium cations, e.g. tetramethyl-ammonium and dimethyl piperdinium, and cations derived from alkanolamines, e.g. monoethanola ine, diethanolamine, and triethanola ine. Preferably, R3 is Cio-Cie alkyl, and R4 is methyl, ethyl or isopropyl. Especially preferred are the methyl ester sulfonates wherein R3 is C14-C16 alkyl. Alkyl alkoxylated sulfate surfactants hereof are water soluble salts or acids of the formula RO(A)mSθ3M wherein R is an unsubstituted C10-C24 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group having a C10-C24 alkyl component, preferably a C12-C20 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl, more preferably Ci2_c18 alk l or hydroxyalkyl, A is an ethoxy or propoxy unit, m is greater than zero, typically between about 0.5 and about 6, more preferably between about 0.5 and about 3, and M is H or a cation which can be, for example, a metal cation (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, etc.), ammonium or substituted-ammonium cation. Alkyl ethoxylated sulfates as well as alkyl propoxylated sulfates are contemplated herein. Specific examples of substituted ammonium cations include methyl-, dimethyl-, tri ethyl-ammonium, and quaternary ammonium cations, such as tetramethyl-ammonium, dimethyl piperdinium cations, and cations derived from alkanolamines, e.g. monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and mixtures thereof. Exemplary surfactants are C12-C18 alkyl polyethoxylate (1.0) sulfate, C12-C13 alkyl polyethoxylate (2.25) sulfate, C12-C18 alkyl polyethoxylate (3.0) sulfate, and C12-C18 alkyl polyethoxylate (4.0) sulfate, wherein M is conveniently selected from sodium and potassium. Other anionic surfactants useful for detersive purposes can also be included in the compositions hereof. These can include salts (including, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts such as mono-, di- and triethanolamine salts) of soap, alkyl benzene sulfonates (especially C9-C20 linear alkylbenzenesulphonates), C8-C22 primary or secondary alkanesulphon- ates, C8-C24 olefinsulphonates, sulphonated polycarboxylic acids prepared by sulphonation of the pyrolyzed product of alkaline earth metal citrates, e.g., as described in British patent specification No. 1,082,179, alkyl glycerol sulfonates, fatty acyl glycerol sulfonates, fatty oleyl glycerol sulfates, alkyl phenol ethylene oxide ether sulfates, paraffin sulfonates, alkyl phosphates, isethi- onates such as the acyl isethionates, N-acyl taurates, fatty acid amides of methyl tauride, alkyl succinamates and sulfosuccinates, monoesters of sulfosuccinate (especially saturated and unsaturated C12-C18 monoesters), diesters of sulfosuccinate (especially satur¬ ated and unsaturated C6-C14 diesters), N-acyl sarcosinates, sulfates of alkylpolysaccharides such as the sulfates of alkylpolyglucoside (the nonionic nonsulfated compounds being described below), branched primary alkyl sulfates, alkyl polyethoxy carboxylates such as those of the formula RO(CH2CH θ) CH2COO-M+ wherein R is a C8-C22 alkyl, k is an integer from 0 to 10, and M is a soluble salt-forming cation, and fatty acids esterified with isethionic acid and neutralized with sodium hydroxide. Resin acids and hydrogenated resin acids are also suitable, such as rosin, hydrogenated rosin, and resin acids and hydrogenated resin acids present in or derived from tall oil. Further examples are described in "Surface Active Agents and Deter¬ gents" (Vol. I and II by Schwartz, Perry and Berch). A variety of such surfactants are also generally disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,929,678, issued December 30, 1975 to Laughlin, et al . at Column 23, line 58 through Column 29, line 23 (herein incorporated by reference). Auxiliary Nonionic Detergent Surfactants Suitable nonionic detergent surfactants are generally disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,929,678, Laughlin et al . , issued December 30, 1975, at column 13, line 14 through column 16, line 6, incorporated herein by reference. Exemplary, non-limiting classes of useful nonionic surfactants are listed below. 1. The polyethylene, polypropylene, and polybutylene oxide condensates of alkyl phenols. In general, the polyethylene oxide condensates are preferred. These compounds include the condensation products of alkyl phenols having an alkyl group containing from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms in either a straight chain or branched chain configuration with the alkylene oxide. In a preferred embodiment, the ethylene oxide is present in an amount equal to from about 5 to about 25 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alkyl phenol. Commercially available nonionic surfactants of this type include Igepal™ CO-630, marketed by the GAF Corporation; and TritonTM χ.45, χ-114, X-100, and X-102, all marketed by the Rohm & Haas Company. These compounds can be referred to as alkyl phenol alkoxylates, e.g., alkyl phenol ethoxylates. 2. The condensation products of aliphatic alcohols with from about 1 to about 25 moles of ethylene oxide. The alkyl chain of the aliphatic alcohol can either be straight or branched, primary or secondary, and generally contains from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred are the condensation products of alcohols having an alkyl group containing from about 10 to about 20 carbon atoms with from about 2 to about 18 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol. Examples of commercially available nonionic surfactants of this type include Tergitol™ 15-S-9 (the condensation product of C11-C15 linear secondary alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide), TergitolTM 24-L-6 NMW (the condensation product of C12-C14 primary alcohol with 6 moles ethylene oxide with a narrow molecular weight distribution), both marketed by Union Carbide Corporation; NeodolTM 45.9 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 9 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 23-6.5 (the condensation product of C12-C13 linear alcohol with 6.5 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 45.7 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 7 moles of ethylene oxide), NeodolTM 45.4 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 4 moles of ethylene oxide), marketed by Shell Chemical Company, and KyroTM EOB (the condensation product of C13-C15 alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide), marketed by The Procter & Gamble Company. These surfactants can be referred to as alkyl ethoxylates.
3. The condensation products of ethylene oxide with a hydrophobic base formed by the condensation of propylene oxide with propylene glycol. The hydrophobic portion of these compounds preferably has a molecular weight of from about 1500 to about 1800 and exhibits water insolubility. The addition of polyoxyethylene moieties to this hydrophobic portion tends to increase the water solubility of the molecule as a whole, and the liquid character of the product is retained up to the point where the polyoxyethylene content is about 50% of the total weight of the condensation product, which corresponds to condensation with up to about 40 moles of ethylene oxide. Examples of compounds of this type include certain of the commercially-available PluronicTM surfactants, marketed by BASF.
4. The condensation products of ethylene oxide with the product resulting from the reaction of propylene oxide and ethylenediamine. The hydrophobic moiety of these products consists of the reaction product of ethylenediamine and excess propylene oxide, and generally has a molecular weight of from about 2500 to about 3000. This hydrophobic moiety is condensed with ethylene oxide to the extent that the condensation product contains from about 40% to about 80% by weight of polyoxyethylene and has a molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 11,000. Examples of this type of nonionic surfactant include certain of the commercially available TetronicTM compounds, marketed by BASF. 5. Semi-polar nonionic surfactants are a special category of nonionic surfactants which include water-soluble amine oxides containing one alkyl moiety of from about 10 to about 18 carbon atoms and 2 moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups and hydroxyalkyl groups containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms; water-soluble phosphine oxides containing one alkyl moiety of from about 10 to about 18 carbon atoms and 2 moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups and hydroxyalkyl groups containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms; and water-soluble sulfoxides containing one alkyl moiety of from about 10 to about 18 carbon atoms and a moiety selected from the group consisting of alkyl and hydroxyalkyl moieties of from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms.
Semi-polar nonionic detergent surfactants include the amine oxide surfactants having the formula
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein R3 is an alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, or alkyl phenyl group or mixtures thereof containing from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms; R4 is an alkylene or hydroxyalkylene group containing from about 2 to about 3 carbon atoms or mixtures thereof; x is from 0 to about 3; and each R5 is an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms or a polyethylene oxide group containing from about 1 to about 3 ethylene oxide groups. The R5 groups can be attached to each other, e.g., through an oxygen or nitrogen atom, to form a ring structure.
These amine oxide surfactants in particular include Cio-Ciβ alkyl dimethyl amine oxides and C8-C12 alkoxy ethyl dihydroxy ethyl amine oxides. 6. Alkylpolysaccharides disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,565,647, Llenado, issued January 21, 1986, having a hydrophobic group containing from about 6 to about 30 carbon atoms, preferably from about 10 to about 16 carbon atoms and a polysaccharide, e.g., a
- polyglycoside, hydrophilic group containing from about 1.3 to about
10, preferably from about 1.3 to about 3, most preferably from about 1.3 to about 2.7 saccharide units. Any reducing saccharide containing 5 or 6 carbon atoms can be used, e.g., glucose, galactose and galactosyl moieties can be substituted for the glucosyl
1° moieties. (Optionally the hydrophobic group is attached at the 2-, 3-, 4-, etc. positions thus giving a glucose or galactose as opposed to a glucoside or galactoside.) The intersaccharide bonds can be, e.g., between the one position of the additional saccharide units and the 2-, 3-, 4-, and/or 6- positions on the preceding saccharide
15 units.
Optionally, and less desirably, there can be a polyalkylene- oxide chain joining the hydrophobic moiety and the polysaccharide moiety. The preferred alkyleneoxide is ethylene oxide. Typical hydrophobic groups include alkyl groups, either saturated or 0 unsaturated, branched or unbranched containing from about 8 to about 18, preferably from about 10 to about 16, carbon atoms. Preferably, the alkyl group is a straight chain saturated alkyl group. The alkyl group can contain up to about 3 hydroxy groups and/or the polyalkyleneoxide chain can contain up to about 10, preferably less than 5, alkyleneoxide moieties. Suitable alkyl polysaccharides are octyl, nonyldecyl, undecyldodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, and octadecyl, di-, tri-, tetra-, penta-, and hexaglucosides, galactosides, lactosides, glucoses, fructosides, fructoses and/or galactoses. Suitable mixtures include coconut 0 alkyl, di-, tri-, tetra-, and pentaglucosides and tallow alkyl tetra-, penta-, and hexaglucosides.
The preferred alkylpolyglycosides have the formula
R20(CnH2nO)t(glycosyl)x wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkyl- 5 phenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkylphenyl, and mixtures thereof in which the alkyl groups contain from about 10 to about 18, preferably from about 12 to about 14, carbon atoms; n is 2 or 3, preferably 2; t is from 0 to about 10, preferably 0; and x is from about 1.3 to about 10, preferably from about 1.3 to about 3, most preferably from about 1.3 to about 2.7. The glycosyl is preferably derived from glucose. To prepare these compounds, the alcohol or alkylpolyethoxy alcohol is formed first and then reacted with glucose, or a source of glucose, to form the glucoside (attachment at the 1-position). The additional glycosyl units can then be attached between their 1-position and the preceding glycosyl units 2-, 3-, 4- and/or 6-position, preferably predominately the 2-position.
7. Fatty acid amide surfactants having the formula:
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein R5 is an alkyl group containing from about 7 to about 21 (preferably from about 9 to about 17) carbon atoms and each R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, and -(C2H4θ)xH where x varies from about 1 to about 3. Preferred amides are C8-C20 ammonia amides, monoethanolamides, diethanolamides, and isopropanolamides. Cationic Surfactants
Cationic detersive surfactants can also be included in detergent compositions of the present invention as auxiliary surfactants. Cationic surfactants include the ammonium surfactants such as alkyldimethylammonium halogenides, and those surfactants having the formula:
[R (0R )y][R4(0R3)y]2R5N+X" wherein R is an alkyl or alkyl benzyl group having from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, each R3 is selected from the group consisting of -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)-, -CH2CH(CH2θH)-, -CH2CH2CH2-, and mixtures thereof; each R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, benzyl ring structures formed by joining the two R* groups, -CH2CHOH-CHOHCOR6CHOHCH2OH wherein ≠ is any hexose or hexose polymer having a molecular weight less than about 1000, and hydrogen when y is not 0; R5 is the same as R4 or is an alkyl chain wherein the total number of carbon atoms of R plus R is not more than about 18; each y is from 0 to about 10 and the sum of the y values is from 0 to about 15; and X is any compatible anion. Other cationic surfactants useful herein are also described in U.S. Patent 4,228,044, Cambre, issued October 14, 1980, incorporated herein by reference. Other Auxiliary Surfactants
■ Ampholytic surfactants can be incorporated into the detergent compositions hereof. These surfactants can be broadly described as aliphatic derivatives of secondary or tertiary amines, or aliphatic derivatives of heterocyclic secondary and tertiary amines in which the aliphatic radical can be straight chain or branched. One of the
10 aliphatic substituents contains at least about 8 carbon atoms, typically from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, and at least one contains an anionic water-solubilizing group, e.g., carboxy, sulfonate, sulfate. See U.S. Patent No. 3,929,678 to Laughlin et al., issued December 30, 1975 at column 19, lines 18-35 (herein
15 incorporated by reference) for examples of ampholytic surfactants.
Zwitterionic surfactants can also be incorporated into the detergent compositions hereof. These surfactants can be broadly described as derivatives of secondary and tertiary amines, derivatives of heterocyclic secondary and tertiary amines, or
*-- derivatives of quaternary ammonium, quaternary phosphonium or tertiary sulfonium compounds. See U.S. Patent No. 3,929,678 to Laughlin et al., issued December 30, 1975 at column 19, line 38 through column 22, line 48 (herein incorporated by reference) for examples of zwitterionic surfactants.
25 Ampholytic and zwitterionic surfactants are generally used in combination with one or more anionic and/or nonionic surfactants.
In another aspect, this invention provides a detergent composition having a critical selection of alkyl sulfate to polyhdroxy fatty acid amide ratio for improved cleaning performance.
30 In particular, this aspect of the invention provides a detergent composition comprising:
(a) at least about 1% by weight of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula:
0 Rl
35 " '
" R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl i s methyl , R2 i s C9-C17 al kyl or al kenyl , preferably
Ci 1-C17 al kyl or al kenyl , and Z i s a glycityl derived from a reduced sugar, or an al koxyl ated derivative thereof; and (b) at least about 1% by weight of an alkyl sulfate surfactant; wherein the weight ratio (b) : (a) is from about 1.25:1 to about 1:6. Preferably the above ratio is from about 1.25:1 to about 1:4, more preferably from about 1.25:1.0 to about 1.0:1.25.
Surprisingly, good overall cleaning performance, especially grease/oil cleaning, can be obtained for these compositions over a wide variety of cleaning conditions, especially in view of their relatively high polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to alkyl sulfate weight ratios.
In yet another aspect, this invention provides a liquid detergent composition comprising:
(a) at least about 1% by weight of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula:
0 Rl R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
(b) at least about 1% by weight of a C14 or higher alkyl sulfate surfactant;
(c) a liquid carrier; wherein said composition has a weight ratio of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide to C14 or higher alkyl sulfate surfactant from about 1:10 to about 10:1, preferably from about 1:6 to about 6:1, more preferably from about 1:3 to about 3:1.
Traditionally, incorporation of C14 and higher alkyl sulfate surfactants into liquid detergent compositions has been difficult. This is due, at least in part, to the highly crystalline nature of these surfactants. This is unfortunate because C14 and higher alkyl sulfate surfactants are highly desirable detersive surfactants in laundry detergents, even for detergents intended for use at wash temperatures below about 50*C, which will generally also contain C12 alkyl sulfate surfactant. However with the use of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants hereof, the C14 and higher alkyl sulfate surfactants can be incorporated into liquid detergent formulations with much greater ease.
Preferably said composition comprises from about 3% to about
30% of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide and from about 3% to about 30% of said alkyl sulfate. The liquid composition hereof can optionally contain alkyl sulfate surfactants with alkyl chains lower than C14 as well .
In still another aspect, this invention provides detersive particles useful for utilization in granular detergent compositions, Said detersive particles comprising an intimate mixture of:
(a) from about 5% to about 50%, by weight, of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula:
0 Rl R2 - C - N - Z wherein R is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxylhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxys directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof; and
(b) from about 50% to about 95%, by weight, of an alkyl sulfate surfactant; wherein the ratio of (a):(b) is from about 20:1 to about 1:1. For mixtures of C12-C14 alkyl sulfate surfactants, the alkyl sulfate to polyhydroxy fatty acid amide weight ratio is preferably from about 20:1 to about 4:1; for C14-C16 alkyl sulfates, about 20:1 to about 3:1; and for C16-C18 alkyl sulfates, about 20:1 to about 1:1.
The detersive particles can comprise an auxiliary solubilizing agent to further enhance dissolution of the particle in aqueous solution. Suitable solublilizing agents can be selected from the group consisting of anionic sulfonate surfactants, ethoxylated surfactants having a degree of ethoxylation of at least about 0.5, cyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, alkylpolyglycosides, polyethylene glycol polymers, and poly(acrylic acid) polymers, and mixtures thereof. Preferred solubilizing agents comprise alkyl ethoxylates, alkyl ethoxylated sulfates, alkyl ester sulfonates, cyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, alkyl polyglycosides, or polyethylene glycol or poly(acrylic acid) polymers, or a mixture thereof. Other materials which can increase solubility or dissolution of the alkyl sulfate polyhydroxy fatty acid amide particles can also be used.
The level of auxiliary solubilizing agent can vary from 0% to preferably no more than about 30%, by weight, of the detersive particle.
By "intimate mixture" of the alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and any optional auxiliary solubilizing agent, what is meant is that the ingredients are well mixed prior to or simultaneously with formation of the detersive particles, although the particles need not be precisely homogeneous. Techniques for forming particles from intimate mixtures of detersive ingredients are known in the art, and include, for example, the use of high energy or high shear mixing equipment. A process for forming the detersive particles is exemplified in the Examples. The sizes of the particles can vary according to the desires of the formulator. Generally, for granular compositions, the detersive particles hereof should be similarly sized relative to other particles in the composition. Typically, the particles will range in size from about 100 to about 1000 microns in diameter. The detersive particle may also contain other ingredients for detersive, processing, aesthetic, or other purposes.
The detersive particles can be used alone and can be included in granular detergent compositions containing additional detergent ingredients. Typically such detergent composition will comprise at least about 5%, by weight, of the detersive particles. Builders
Detergent compositions of the present invention can comprise inorganic or organic detergent builders to assist in mineral hardness control .
The level of builder can vary widely depending upon the end use of the composition and its desired physical form. Liquid formulations typically comprise at least about 1%, more typically from about 5% to about 50%, preferably about 5% to about 30%, by weight of detergent builder. Granular formulations typically comprise at least about 1%, more typically from about 10% to about 80%, preferably from about 15% to about 50% by weight of the detergent builder. Lower or higher levels of builder, however, are not meant to be excluded. Inorganic detergent builders include, but are not limited to, the alkali metal, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts of polyphos- phates (exemplified by the tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates, and glassy polymeric eta-phosphates), phosphonates, phytic acid, silicates, carbonates (including bicarbonates and sesquicarboπates), sulphates, and aluminosilicates. Borate builders, as well as builders containing borate-forming materials that can produce borate under detergent storage or wash conditions (hereinafter, collec¬ tively "borate builders"), can also be used. Preferably, non-borate builders are used in the compositions of the invention intended for use at wash conditions less than about 50*C, especially less than about 40'C.
Examples of silicate builders are the alkali metal silicates, particularly those having a Siθ2:Na2θ ratio in the range 1.6:1 to 3.2:1 and layered silicates, such as the layered sodium silicates described in U.S. Patent 4,664,839, issued May 12, 1987 to H. P. Rieck, incorporated herein by reference. However, other silicates may also be useful such as for example magnesium silicate, which can serve as a crispening agent in granular formulations, as a stabilizing agent for oxygen bleaches, and as a component of suds control systems.
Examples of carbonate builders are the alkaline earth and alkali metal carbonates, including sodium carbonate and sesquicarbonate and mixtures thereof with ultra-fine calcium carbonate as disclosed in German Patent Application No. 2,321,001 published on November 15, 1973, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Aluminosilicate builders are especially useful in the present invention. Aluminosilicate builders are of great importance in most currently marketed heavy duty granular detergent compositions, and can also be a significant builder ingredient in liquid detergent formulations. Aluminosilicate builders include those having the empirical formula:
Mz(zAlθ2-ySiθ2) wherein M is sodium, potassium, ammonium or substituted ammonium, z is from about 0.5 to about 2; and y is 1; this material having a magnesium ion exchange capacity of at least about 50 milligram equivalents of CaC03 hardness per gram of anhydrous aluminosilicate. Preferred aluminosilicates are zeolite builders which have the formula:
Naz[(Alθ2)z (Siθ2)y] -xH2θ wherein z and y are integers of at least 6, the molar ratio of z to y is in the range from 1.0 to about 0.5, and x is an integer from about 15 to about 264.
Useful aluminosilicate ion exchange materials are commercially available. These aluminosilicates can be crystalline or amorphous in structure and can be naturally-occurring aluminosilicates or synthetically derived. A method for producing aluminosilicate ion exchange materials is disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,985,669, Krummel, et al., issued October 12, 1976, incorporated herein by reference. Preferred synthetic crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange materials useful herein are available under the designations Zeolite A, Zeolite P (B), and Zeolite X. In an especially preferred embodiment, the crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange material has the formula:
Nai2[(Alθ2)l2(Si02)l2]-xH2θ wherein x is from about 20 to about 30, especially about 27. This material is known as Zeolite A. Preferably, the aluminosilicate has a particle size of about 0.1-10 microns in diameter.
Specific examples of polyphosphates are the alkali metal tripolyphosphates, sodium, potassium and ammonium pyrophosphate, sodium and potassium and ammonium pyrophosphate, sodium and potassium orthophosphate, sodium polymeta phosphate in which the degree of polymerization ranges from about 6 to about 21, and salts of phytic acid.
Examples of phosphonate builder salts are the water-soluble salts of ethane 1-hydroxy-l, 1-diphosphonate particularly the sodium and potassium salts, the water-soluble salts of methylene diphosphonic acid e.g. the trisodium and tripotassium salts and the water-soluble salts of substituted methylene diphosphonic acids, such as the trisodium and tripotassium ethylidene, isop ropylidene benzylmethylidene and halo methylidene phosphonates. Phosphonate builder salts of the aforementioned types are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,159,581 and 3,213,030 issued December 1, 1964 and October 19, 1965, to Diehl; U.S. Patent No. 3,422,021 issued January 14, 1969, to Roy; and U.S. Patent Nos. 3,400,148 and 3,422,137 issued September 3, 1968, and January 14, 1969 to Quimby, said disclosures being incorporated herein by reference.
Organic detergent builders suitable for the purposes of the present invention include, but are not restricted to, a wide variety of polycarboxylate compounds. As used herein, "polycarboxylate" refers to compounds having a plurality of carboxylate groups, preferably at least 3 carboxylates.
Polycarboxylate builder can generally be added to the composition in acid form, but can also be added in the form of a neutralized salt. When utilized in salt form, alkali metals, such as sodium, potassium, and lithium salts, especially sodium salts, or ammonium and substituted ammonium (e.g., alkanolammonium) salts are preferred.
Included among the polycarboxylate builders are a variety of categories of useful materials. One important category of polycarboxylate builders encompasses the ether polycarboxylates. A number of ether polycarboxylates have been disclosed for use as detergent builders. Examples of useful ether polycarboxylates include oxydisuccinate, as disclosed in Berg, U.S. Patent 3,128,287, issued April 7, 1964, and Lamberti et al., U.S. Patent 3,635,830, issued January 18, 1972, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
A specific type of ether polycarboxylates useful as builders in the present invention also include those having the general formula: CH(A)(C00X)-CH(C00X)-O-CH(C00X)-CH(C00X)(B) wherein A is H or OH; B is H or -0-CH(C00X)-CH2(C00X); and X is H or a salt-forming cation. For example, if in the above general formula A and B are both H, then the compound is oxydissuccinic acid and its water-soluble salts. If A is OH and B is H, then the compound is tartrate monosuccinic acid (TMS) and its water-soluble salts. If A is H and B is -0-CH(C00X)-CH2(C00X), then the compound is tartrate disuccinic acid (TDS) and its water-soluble salts. Mixtures of these builders are especially preferred for use herein. Particularly preferred are mixtures of TMS and TDS in a weight ratio of TMS to TDS of from about 97:3 to about 20:80. These builders are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,663,071, issued to Bush et al., on May 5, 1987. Suitable ether polycarboxylates also include cyclic compounds, particularly alicyclic compounds, such as those described in U.S. Patents 3,923,679; 3,835,163; 4,158,635; 4,120,874 and 4,102,903, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Other useful detergency builders include the ether hydroxypolycarboxylates represented by the structure:
H0-[C(R)(C00M)-C(R)(C00M)-0]n-H wherein M is hydrogen or a cation wherein the resultant salt is water-soluble, preferably an alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium cation, n is from about 2 to about 15 (preferably n is from about 2 to about 10, more preferably n averages from about 2 to about 4) and each R is the same or different and selected from hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl or Cι_4 substituted alkyl (preferably R is hydrogen). Still other ether polycarboxylates include copolymers of maleic anhydride with ethylene or vinyl methyl ether, 1, 3, 5-trihydroxy benzene-2, 4, 6-trisulphonic acid, and carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid.
Organic polycarboxylate builders also include the various alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts of polyacetic acids. Examples of polyacetic acid builder salts are the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts of ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid and nitrilotriacetic acid.
Also included are polycarboxylates such as mellitic acid, succinic acid, polymaleic acid, benzene 1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid, benezene pentacarboxylic acid, and carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid, and soluble salts thereof.
Citric builders, e.g., citric acid and soluble salts thereof, is a polycarboxylate builder of particular importance for heavy duty liquid detergent formulations, but can also be used in granular compositions. Suitable salts include the metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, as well as ammonium and substituted ammonium salts.
Other carboxylate builders include the carboxylated carbohydrates disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,723,322, Diehl, issued March 28, 1973, incorporated herein by reference.
Also suitable in the detergent compositions of the present invention are the 3,3-dicarboxy-4-oxa-l,6-hexanedioates and the related compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,566,984, Bush, issued January 28, 1986, incorporated herein by reference. Useful succinic acid builders include the C5-C20 alkyl succinic acids and salts thereof. A particularly preferred compound of this type is dodecenylsuccinic acid. Alkyl succinic acids typically are of the general formula R-CH(C00H)CH2(C00H) i.e., derivatives of succinic acid, wherein R is hydrocarbon, e.g., C10-C20 alkyl or alkenyl, preferably C12-C16 or wherein R may be substituted with hydroxyl , sulfo, sulfoxy or sulfone substituents, all as described in the above-mentioned patents.
The succinate builders are preferably used in the form of their water-soluble salts, including the sodium, potassium, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts.
Specific examples of succinate builders include: laurylsuccin- ate, myristylsuccinate, palmitylsuccinate, 2-dodecenylsuccinate (preferred), 2-pentadecenylsuccinate, and the like. Laurylsuccin- ates are the preferred builders of this group, and are described in European Patent Application 86200690.5/0,200,263, published November 5, 1986. Examples of useful builders also include sodium and potassium carboxy ethyloxymalonate, carboxymethyloxysuccinate, cis-cyclohex- anehexacarboxylate, cis-cyclopentane-tetracarboxylate, water-soluble polyacrylates (these polyacrylates having molecular weights to above about 2,000 can also be effectively utilized as dispersants) , and the copolymers of maleic anhydride with vinyl methyl ether or ethylene.
Other suitable polycarboxylates are the polyacetal carboxylates disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,144,226, Crutchfield et al . , issued March 13, 1979, incorporated herein by reference. These polyacetal carboxylates can be prepared by bringing together, under polymeriza¬ tion conditions, an ester of glyoxylic acid and a polymerization initiator. The resulting polyacetal carboxylate ester is then attached to chemically stable end groups to stabilize the polyacetal carboxylate against rapid depolymerization in alkaline solution, converted to the corresponding salt, and added to a surfactant. Polycarboxylate builders are also disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,308,067, Diehl, issued March 7, 1967, incorporated herein by reference. Such materials include the water-soluble salts of homo- and copolymers of aliphatic carboxylic acids such as maleic acid, itaconic acid, mesaconic acid, fumaric acid, aconitic acid, citraconic acid and methylenema!onic acid.
Other organic builders known in the art can also be used. For example, monocarboxylic acids, and soluble salts thereof, having long chain hydrocarbyls can be utilized. These would include materials generally referred to as "soaps." Chain lengths of C10-C20 are typically utilized. The hydrocarbyls can be saturated or unsaturated. Enzymes
Detersive enzymes can be included in the detergent formulations for a variety of purposes including removal of protein-based, carbohydrate-based, or triglyceride-based stains, and for prevention of refugee dye transfer, for example. The enzymes to be incorporated include proteases, amylases, lipases, cellulases, and peroxidases, as well as mixtures thereof. They may be of any suitable origin, such as vegetable, animal, bacterial, fungal and yeast origin. However, their choice is governed by several factors such as pH-activity and/or stability optima, thermostability, stability versus active detergents, builders and so on. In this respect bacterial or fungal enzymes are preferred, such as bacterial amylases and proteases, and fungal cellulases.
Suitable examples of proteases are the subtilisins which are obtained from particular strains of B.subtilis and B.licheniforms. Another suitable protease is obtained from a strain of Bacillus, having maximum activity throughout the pH range of 8-12, developed and sold by Novo Industries A/S under the registered trade name Esperase®. The preparation of this enzyme and analogous enzymes is described in British patent specification No. 1,243,784 of Novo. Proteolytic enzymes suitable for removing protein-based stains that are commercially available include those sold under the tradenames ALCALASETM and SAVINASETM by Novo Industries A/S (Denmark) and MAXATASETM by International Bio-Synthetics, Inc. (The Netherlands). Of interest in the category of proteolytic enzymes, especially for liquid detergent compositions, are enzymes referred to herein as Protease A and Protease B. Protease A and methods for its preparation are described in European Patent Application 130,756, published January 9, 1985, incorporated herein by reference. Protease B is a proteolytic enzyme which differs from Protease A in that it has a leucine substituted for tyrosine in position 217 in its amino acid sequence. Protease B is described in European Patent Application Serial No. 87303761.8, filed April 28, 1987, incorporated herein by reference. Methods for preparation of Protease B are also disclosed in European Patent Application 130,756, Bott et al . , published January 9, 1985, incorporated herein by reference.
Amylases include, for example, α-amylases obtained from a special strain of B.licheniforms, described in more detail in British patent specification No. 1,296,839 (Novo), previously incorporated herein by reference. Amylolytic proteins include, for example, RAPIDASETM, International Bio-Synthetics, Inc. and TERMAMYLTM, NOVO Industries.
The cellulases usable in the present invention include both bacterial or fungal cellulase. Preferably, they will have a pH optimum of between 5 and 9.5. Suitable cellulases are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,435,307, Barbesgoard et al., issued March 6, 1984, incorporated herein by reference, which discloses fungal cellulase produced from Humicola insolens. Suitable cellulases are also disclosed in GB-A-2.075.028; GB-A-2.095.275 and DE-0S-2.247.832.
Examples of such cellulases are cellulases produced by a strain of Humicola insolens (Humicola grisea var. thermoidea), particularly the Humicola strain DSM 1800, and cellulases produced by a fungus of Bacillus N or a cellulase 212-producing fungus belonging to the genus Aeromonas, and cellulase extracted from the hepatopancreas of a marine mulluse (Dolabella Auricula Solander).
Suitable lipase enzymes for detergent usage include those produced by microorganisms of the Pseudomonas group, such as Pseudomonas stutzeri ATCC 19.154, as disclosed in British Patent No. 1,372,034, incorporated herein by reference. Suitable upases include those which show a positive immunoligical cross-reaction with the antibody of the lipase, produced by the microorganism Pseudomonas fluorescens IAM 1057. This lipase and a method for its purification have been described in Japanese Patent Application No. 53-20487, laid open to public inspection on February 24, 1978. This lipase is available from Amano Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd., Nagoya, Japan, under the trade name Lipase P "Amano," hereinafter referred to as "Amano-P." Such Upases of the present invention should show a positive immunological cross reaction with the Amano-P antibody, using the standard and well-known immunodiffusion procedure according to Ouchterlony (Acta. Med. Scan., 133, pages 76-79 (1950)). These lipases, and a method for their immunological cross-reaction with Amano-P, are also described in U.S. Patent 4,707,291, Thorn et al., issued November 17, 1987, incorporated herein by reference. Typical examples thereof are the Amano-P lipase, the lipase ex Pseudomonas fragi FERM P 1339 (available under the trade name Amano-B), lipase ex Psuedomonas nitroreducens var. l ipolyticum FERM P 1338 (available under the trade name Amano-CES), lipases ex Chromobacter viscosum, e.g. Chromobacter viscosum var. l ipolyticum NRRLB 3673, commercially available from Toyo Jozo Co., Tagata, Japan; and further Chromobacter viscosum lipases from U.S. Biochemical Corp., U.S.A. and Disoynth Co., The Netherlands, and lipases ex Pseudomonas gladiol i .
Peroxidase enzymes are used in combination with oxygen sources, e.g., percarbonate, perborate, persulfate, hydrogen peroxide, etc. They are used for "solution bleaching," i.e. to prevent transfer of dyes or pigments removed from substrates during wash operations to other substrates in the wash solution. Peroxidase enzymes are known in the art, and include, for example, horseradish peroxidase, ligninase, and haloperoxidases such as chloro- and bromo-peroxidase. Peroxidase-containing detergent compositions are disclosed, for example, in PCT International Application WO 89/099813, published October 19, 1989, by 0. Kirk, assigned to Novo Industries A/S, incorporated herein by reference.
A wide range of enzyme materials and means for their incorporation into synthetic detergent granules is also disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,553,139, issued January 5, 1971 to McCarty et al . (incorporated herein by reference). Enzymes are further disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,101,457, Place et al., issued July 18, 1978, and in U.S. Patent 4,507,219, Hughes, issued March 26, 1985, both incorporated herein by reference. Enzyme materials useful for liquid detergent formulations, and their incorporation into such formulations, are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,261,868, Hora et al., issued April 14, 1981, also incorporated herein by reference.
5 Enzymes are normally incorporated at levels sufficient to provide up to about 5 mg by weight, more typically about 0.05 mg to about 3 mg, of active enzyme per gram of the composition.
For granular detergents, the enzymes are preferably coated or prilled with additives inert toward the enzymes to minimize dust
10 formation and improve storage stability. Techniques for accomplish¬ ing this are well known in the art. In liquid formulations, an enzyme stabilization system is preferably utilized. Enzyme stabili¬ zation techniques for aqueous detergent compositions are well known in the art. For example, one technique for enzyme stabilization in
15 aqueous solutions involves the use of free calcium ions from sources such as calcium acetate, calcium formate, and calcium propionate. Calcium ions can be used in combination with short chain carboxylic acid salts, perferably formates. See, for example, U.S. Patent 4,318,818, Letton, et al., issued March 9, 1982, incorporated herein
20 by reference. It has also been . proposed to use polyols like glycerol and sorbitol. Alkoxy-alcohols, dialkylglycoethers, mix¬ tures of polyvalent alcohols with polyfunctional aliphatic amines (e.g., alkanolamines such as diethanolamine, triethanolamine, di-isopropanolamine, etc.), and boric acid or alkali metal borate.
-- Enzyme stabilization techniques are additionally disclosed and exemplified in U.S. Patent 4,261,868, issued April 14, 1981 to Horn, et al., U. S. Patent 3,600,319, issued August 17, 1971 to Gedge, et al., both incorporated herein by reference, and European Patent
Application Publication No. 0 199 405, Application No. 86200586.5, published October 29, 1986, Venegas. Non-boric acid and borate stabilizers are preferred. Enzyme stabilization systems are also described, for example, in U.S. Patents 4,261,868, 3,600,319, and
3,519,570.
Bleaching Compounds - Bleaching Agents and Bleach Activators - -
The detergent compositions hereof may contain bleaching agents or bleaching compositions containing bleaching agent and one or more bleach activators. When present bleaching compounds will typically be present at levels of from about 1% to about 20%, more typically from about 1% to about 10%, of the detergent composition. In general, bleaching compounds are optional components in non-liquid formulations, e.g., granular detergents. If present, the amount of bleach activators will typically be from about 0.1% to about 60%, more typically from about 0.5% to about 40% of the bleaching composition.
The bleaching agents used herein can be any of the bleaching agents useful for detergent compositions in textile cleaning, hard surface cleaning, or other cleaning purposes that are now known or become known. These include oxygen bleaches as well as other bleaching agents. For wash conditions below about 50'C, especially below about 40*C, it is preferred that the compositions hereof not contain borate or material which can form borate in situ (i.e. borate-forming material) under detergent storage or wash conditions. Thus it is preferred under these conditions that a non-borate, non-borate-forming bleaching agent is used. Preferably, detergents to be used at these temperatures are substantially free of borate and borate-forming material. As used herein, "substantially free of borate and borate-forming material" shall mean that the composition contains not more than about 2% by weight of borate-containing and borate-forming material of any type, preferably, no more than 1%, more preferably 0%.
One category of bleaching agent that can be used encompasses percarboxylic acid bleaching agents and salts thereof. Suitable examples of this class of agents include magnesium monoperoxyphthal- ate hexahydrate, the magnesium salt of meta-chloro perbenzoic acid, 4-nonylamino-4-oxoperoxybutyric acid and diperoxydodecanedioic acid. Such bleaching agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,483,781, Hartman, issued November 20, 1984, U.S. Patent Application 740,446, Burns et al., filed June 3, 1985, European Patent Application 0,133,354, Banks et al., published February 20, 1985, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934, Chung et al., issued November 1, 1983, all of which are incorporated by reference herein. Highly preferred bleach¬ ing agents also include 6-nonylamino-6-oxoperoxycaproic acid as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, issued January 6, 1987 to Burns, et al., incorporated herein by reference. Another category of bleaching agents that can be used encom¬ passes the halogen bleaching agents. Examples of hypohalite bleach¬ ing agents, for example, include trichloro isocyanuric acid and the sodium and potassium dichloroisocyanurates and N-chloro and N-bromo alkane sulphonamides. Such materials are normally added at 0.5-10% by weight of the finished product, preferably 1-5% by weight.
Peroxygen bleaching agents, other than per boron compounds, can also be used. Suitable peroxygen bleaching compounds include sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate, sodium pyrophosphate peroxyhydrate, urea peroxyhydrate, and sodium peroxide.
Peroxygen bleaching agents are preferably combined with bleach activators, which lead to the in situ production in aqueous solution (i.e., during the washing process) of the peroxyl acid corresponding to the bleach activator. Preferred bleach activators incorporated into compositions of" the present invention have the general formula:
0
II
R - C - L wherein R is an alkyl group containing from about 1 to about 18 carbon atoms wherein the longest linear alkyl chain extending from and including the carbonyl carbon contains from about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms and L is a leaving group, the conjugate acid of which has a pKa in the range of from about 4 to about 13. These bleach activators are described in U.S. Patent 4,915,854, issued April 10, 1990 to Mao, et al., incorporated herein by reference, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934, which was previously incorporated herein by reference.
Bleaching agents other than oxygen bleaching agents are also known in the art and can be utilized herein. One type of non-oxygen bleaching agent of particular interest includes photoactivated bleaching agents such as sulfonated zinc and/or aluminum phthalocya- nines. These materials can be deposited upon the substrate during the washing process. Upon irradiation with light, in the presence of oxygen, such as by hanging clothes out to dry in the daylight, the sulfonated zinc phthalocyanine is activated and, consequently, the substrate is bleached. Preferred zinc phthalocyanine and a photoactivated bleaching process are described in U.S. Patent 4,033,718, issued July 5, 1977 to Holcombe et al . , incorporated herein by reference. Typically, detergent compositions will contain about 0.025% to about 1.25%, by weight, of sulfonated zinc phthalocyanine.
Polymeric Soil Release Agent Any polymeric soil release agents known to those skilled in the art can be employed in the practice of this invention. Polymeric soil release agents are characterized by having both hydrophilic segments, to hydrophilize the surface of hydrophobic fibers, such as polyester and nylon, and hydrophobic segments, to deposit upon 0 hydrophobic fibers and remain adhered thereto through completion of washing and rinsing cycles and, thus, serve as an anchor for the hydrophilic segments. This can enable stains occurring subsequent to treatment with the soil release agent to be more easily cleaned in later washing procedures. Whereas it can be beneficial to utilize polymeric soil release" agents in any of the detergent compositions hereof, especially those compositions utilized for laundry or other applications wherein removal of grease and oil from hydrophobic surfaces is needed, the presence of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide in detergent compositions
20 also containing anionic surfactants can enhance performance of many of the more commonly utilized types of polymeric soil release agents. Anionic surfactants interfere with the ability of certain soil release agents to deposit upon and adhere to hydrophobic surfaces. These polymeric soil release agents have nonionic
?5 hydrophile segments or hydrophobe segments which are anionic surfactant-interactive.
The compositions hereof for which improved polymeric soil release agent performance can be obtained through the use of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide are those which contain an anionic
30 surfactant system, an anionic surfactant-interactive soil release agent and a soil release agent-enhancing amount of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide (PFA), wherein: (I) anionic surfactant- interaction between the soil release agent and the anionic surfactant system of the detergent composition can be shown by a
35 comparison of the level of soil release agent (SRA) deposition on hydrophobic fibers (e.g., polyester) in aqueous solution between (A) a "Control" run wherein deposition of the SRA of the detergent composition in aqueous solution, in the absence of the other detergent ingredients, is measured, and (B) an "SRA/Anionic surfactant" test run wherein the same type and amount of the anionic surfactant system utilized in detergent composition is combined in aqueous solution with the SRA, at the same weight ratio of SRA to the anionic surfactant system of the detergent composition, whereby reduced deposition in (B) relative to (A) indicates anionic- surfactant interaction; and (II) whether the detergent composition contains a soil release agent-enhancing amount of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide can be determined by a comparison of the SRA deposition of the SRA/Anionic surfactant test run of (B) with soil release agent deposition in (C) an "SRA/Anionic surfactant/PFA test run" wherein the same type and level of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide of the detergent composition is combined with the soil release agent and anionic surfactant system corresponding to said SRA/Anionic surfactant test run, whereby improved deposition of the soil release agent in test run (C) relative to test run (B) indicates that a soil release agent-enhancing amount of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is present. For purposes hereof, the tests hereof should be conducted at anionic surfactant concentrations in the aqueous solution that are above the critical micelle concentration (CMC) of the anionic surfactant in the aqueous solution of test run (A), and preferably above about 100 ppm. The polymeric soil release agent concentration should be at least 15 ppm. A swatch of polyester fabric should be used for the hydrophobic fiber source. Identical swatches are immersed and agitated in the 35'C aqueous solutions of the respec¬ tive test runs for a period of 12 minutes, then removed, and analyzed. Polymeric soil release agent deposition level can be determined by radiotagging the soil release agent prior to treatment and subsequently conducting radiochemical analysis, according to techniques known in the art.
As an alternative to the radiochemical analytical methodology discussed above, soil release agent deposition can alternately be determined in the above tests runs (i.e., test runs A, B, and C) by determination of ultraviolet light (UV) absorbance of the test solutions, according to techniques well known in the art. Decreased UV absorbance in the test solution after removal of the hydrophobic fiber material corresponds to increased SRA deposition. As will be understood by those skilled in the art, UV analysis should not be utilized for test solutions containing types and levels of materials which cause excessive UV absorbance interference, such as high levels of surfactants with aromatic groups (e.g., alkyl benzene sulfonates, etc.).
- Thus by "soil release agent-enhancing amount" of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is meant an amount of such surfactant that will enhance deposition of the soil release agent upon hydrophobic fibers, as described above, or an amount for which enhanced grease/oil cleaning performance can be obtained for fabrics washed
1° in the detergent composition hereof in the next subsequent cleaning operation.
The amount of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide needed to enhance deposition will vary with the anionic surfactant selected, the amount of anionic surfactant, the particular soil release agent
- chosen, as well as the particular polyhydroxy fatty acid amide chosen. Generally, compositions will comprise from about 0.01% to about 10%, by weight, of the polymeric soil release agent, typically from about 0.1% to about 5%, and from about 1% to about 50%, more typically from about 4% to about 30% of anionic surfactant. Such
20 compositions should generally contain at least about 1%, preferably at least about 3%, by weight, of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, though it is not intended to necessarily be limited thereto.
The polymeric soil release agents for which performance is enhanced by polyhydroxy fatty acid amide in the presence of anionic
25 surfactant include those soil release agents having: (a) one or more nonionic hydrophile components consisting essentially of (i) polyoxyethylene segments with a degree of polymerization of at least 2, or (ii) oxypropylene or polyoxypropylene segments with a degree of polymerization of from 2 to 10, wherein said hydrophile segment
30 does not encompass any oxypropylene unit unless it is bonded to adjacent moieties at each end by ether linkages, or (iii) a mixture of oxyalkylene units comprising oxyethylene and from 1 to about 30 oxypropylene units wherein said mixture contains a sufficient amount of oxyethylene units such that the hydrophile component has
35 hydrophilicity great enough to increase the hydrophilicity of conventional polyester synthetic fiber surfaces upon deposit of the soil release agent on such surface, said hydrophile segments preferably comprising at least about 25% oxyethylene units and more preferably, especially for such components having about 20 to 30 oxypropylene units, at least about 50% oxyethylene units; or (b) one or more hydrophobe components comprising (i) C3 oxyalkylene terephthalate segments, wherein, if said hydrophobe components also comprise oxyethylene terephthalate, the ratio of oxyethylene terephthalate:C3 oxyalkylene terephthalate units is about 2:1 or lower, (ii) C4-C6 alkylene or oxy C4-C6 alkylene segments, or mixtures thereof, (iii) poly (vinyl ester) segments, preferably poly(vinyl acetate), having a degree of polymerization of at least 2, or (iv) C1-C4 alkyl ether or C4 hydroxyalkyl ether substituents, or mixtures thereof, wherein said substituents are present in the form of C1-C4 alkyl ether or C4 hydroxyalkyl ether cellulose derivatives, or mixtures thereof, and such cellulose derivatives are amphiphilic, whereby they have a sufficient level of C1-C4 alkyl ether and/or C4 hydroxyalkyl ether units to deposit upon conven¬ tional polyester synthetic fiber surfaces and retain a sufficient level of hydroxyls, once adhered to such conventional synthetic fiber surface, to increase fiber surface hydrophilicity, or a combination of (a) and (b). Typically, the polyoxyethylene segments of (a)(i) will have a degree of polymerization of from 2 to about 200, although higher levels can be used, preferably from 3 to about 150, more preferably from 6 to about 100. Suitable oxy C4-C6 alkylene hydrophobe segments include, but are not limited to, end-caps of polymeric soil release agents such as Mθ3S(CH2)nOCH2CH2θ-, where M is sodium and n is an integer from 4-6, as disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,721,580, issued January 26, 1988 to Gosselink, incorporated herein by reference.
Polymeric soil release agents useful in the present invention include cellulosic derivatives such as hydroxyether cellulosic polymers, copolymeric blocks of ethylene terephthalate or propylene terephthalate with polyethylene oxide or polypropylene oxide terephthalate, and the like.
Cellulosic derivatives that are functional as soil release agents are commercially available and include hydroxyethers of cellulose such as MethocelR (Dow).
Cellulosic soil release agents for use herein also include those selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl and C4 hydroxyalkyl cellulose such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and hydroxybutyl methylcellulose. A variety of cellulose derivatives useful as soil release polymers are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,000,093, issued December 28, 1976 to Nicol, et al., incorporated herein by reference.
Soil release agents characterized by poly(vinyl ester) hydrophobe segments include graft copolymers of poly(vinyl ester), e.g., Ci-Cδ vinyl esters, preferably poly(vinyl acetate) grafted onto polyalkylene oxide backbones, such as polyethylene oxide backbones. Such materials are known in the art and are described in European Patent Application 0 219 048, published April 22, 1987 by Kud, et al . Suitable commercially available soil release agents of this kind include the SokalanTM type of material, e.g., SokalanTM HP-22, available from BASF (West Germany). One type of preferred soil release agent is a copolymer having random blocks of ethylene terephthalate and polyethylene oxide (PE0) terephthalate. More specifically, these polymers are comprised of repeating units of ethylene terephthalate and PE0 terephthalate in a mole ratio of ethylene terephthalate units to PE0 terephthalate units of from about 25:75 to about 35:65, said PE0 terephthalate units containing polyethylene oxide having molecular weights of from about 300 to about 2000. The molecular weight of this polymeric soil release agent is in the range of from about 25,000 to about 55,000. See U.S. Patent 3,959,230 to Hays, issued May 25, 1976, which is incorporated by reference. See also U.S. Patent 3,893,929 to Basadur issued July 8, 1975 (incorporated by reference) which discloses similar copolymers.
Another preferred polymeric soil release agent is a polyester with repeat units of ethylene terephthalate units containing 10-15% by weight of ethylene terephthalate units together with 90-80% by weight of polyoxyethylene terephthalate units, derived from a polyoxyethylene glycol of average molecular weight 300-5,000, and the mole ratio of ethylene terephthalate units to polyoxyethylene terephthalate units in the polymeric compound is between 2:1 and 6:1. Examples of this polymer include the commercially available material ZelconR 5126 (from Dupont) and MileaseR T (from ICI). These polymers and methods of their preparation are more fully described in U.S. Patent 4,702,857, issued October 27, 1987 to Gosselink, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Another preferred polymeric soil release agent is a sulfonated product of a substantially linear ester oligomer comprised of an oligomeric ester backbone of terephthaloyl and oxyalkyleneoxy repeat units and terminal moieties covalently attached to the backbone, said soil release agent being derived from allyl alcohol ethoxylate, dimethyl terephthalate, and 1,2 propylene diol, wherein after sulfonation, the terminal moieties of each oligomer have, on average, a total of from about 1 to about 4 sulfonate groups. These soil release agents are described fully in U.S. Patent 4,968,451, issued November 6, 1990 to J. J. Scheibel and E. P. Gosselink, U.S. Serial No. 07/474,709, filed January 29, 1990, incorporated herein by reference. Other suitable polymeric soil release agents include the ethyl- or methyl-capped 1,2-propylene terephthalate-polyoxyethylene terephthalate polyesters of U.S. Patent 4,711,730, issued December 8, 1987 to Gosselink et al., the anionic end-capped oligomeric esters of U.S. Patent 4,721,580, issued January 26, 1988 to Gosselink, wherein the anionic end-caps comprise sulfo-polyethoxy groups derived from polyethylene glycol (PEG), the block polyester oligomeric compounds of U.S. Patent 4,702,857, issued October 27, 1987 to Gosselink, having polyethoxy end-caps of the formula X-(OCH2CH2)rr wherein n is from 12 to about 43 and X is a C1-C4 alkyl, or preferably methyl, all of these patents being incorporated herein by reference.
Additional polymeric soil release agents include the soil release agents of U.S. Patent 4,877,896, issued October 31, 1989 to Maldonado et al . , which discloses anionic, especially sulfoaroyl, end-capped terephthalate esters, said patent being incorporated herein by reference. The terephthalate esters contain unsymmetric- ally substituted oxy-l,2-alkyleneoxy units. Included among the soil release polymers of U.S. Patent 4,877,896 are materials with poly¬ oxyethylene hydrophile components or C3 oxyalkylene terephthalate (propylene terephthalate) repeat units within the scope of the hydrophobe components of (b)(i) above. It is the polymeric soil release agents characterized by either, or both, of these criteria that particularly benefit from the inclusion of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides hereof, in the presence of anionic surfactants.
If utilized, soil release agents will generally comprise from about 0.01% to about 10.0%, by weight, of the detergent compositions herein, typically from about 0.1% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.2% to about 3.0%. Chelating Agents
The detergent compositions herein may also optionally contain one or more iron and manganese chelating agents as a builder adjunct material. Such chelating agents can be selected from the group consisting of amino carboxylates, amino phosphonates, polyfunctionally-substituted aromatic chelating agents and mixtures thereof, all as hereinafter defined. Without intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that the benefit of these materials is due in part to their exceptional ability to remove iron and manganese ions from washing solutions by formation of soluble chelates.
Amino carboxylates useful as optional chelating agents in compositions of the invention can have one or more, preferably at least two, units of the substructure CH2
^ - (CH2)χ - C00M, wherein M is hydrogen, alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium (e.g. ethanolamine) and x is from 1 to about 3, preferably 1. Preferably, these amino carboxylates do not contain alkyl or alkenyl groups with more than about 6 carbon atoms. Operable amine carboxylates include ethylenediaminetetraacetates, N-hydroxyethyl- ethylenediaminetriacetates, nitrilotriacetates, ethylenediamine tetraproprionates, triethylenetetraaminehexaacetates, diethylenetri- aminepentaacetates, and ethanoldiglycines, alkali metal, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts thereof and mixtures thereof.
Amino phosphonates are also suitable for use as chelating agents in the compositions of the invention when at least low levels of total phosphorus are permitted in detergent compositions. Compounds with one or more, preferably at least two, units of the substructure
Figure imgf000046_0001
wherein M is hydrogen, alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium and x is from 1 to about 3, preferably 1, are useful and include ethylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates), nitrilotris (methylenephosphonates) and diethylenetriaminepentakis (methylene- phosphonates). Preferably, these amino phosphonates do not contain alkyl or alkenyl groups with more than about 6 carbon atoms. Alkylene groups can be shared by substructures.
Polyfunctionally - substituted aromatic chelating agents are also useful in the compositions herein. These materials can comprise compounds having the general formula
Figure imgf000047_0001
R wherein at least one R is -SO3H or -COOH or soluble salts thereof and mixtures thereof. U.S. Patent 3,812,044, issued May 21, 1974, to Connor et al., incorporated herein by reference, discloses polyfunctionally-substituted aromatic chelating and sequestering agents. Preferred compounds of this type in acid form are dihy- droxydisulfobenzenes such as 1,2-dihydroxy -3,5-disulfobenzene Alkaline detergent compositions can contain these materials in the form of alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium (e.g. mono-or triethanol-amine) salts.
If utilized, these chelating agents will generally comprise from about 0.1% to about 10% by weight of the detergent compositions herein. More preferably chelating agents will comprise from about 0.1% to about 3.0% by weight of such compositions. Clay Soil Removal/Anti-redeposition Agents
The compositions of the present invention can also optionally contain water-soluble ethoxylated amines having clay soil removal and anti-redeposition properties. Granular detergent compositions which contain these compounds typically contain from about 0.01% to about 10.0% by weight of the water-soluble ethoxylated amines; liquid detergent compositions, typically about 0.01% to about 5%. These compounds are selected preferably from the group consisting of: (1) ethoxylated monoamines having the formula:
(X-L-)-N-(R2)2
(2) ethoxylated diamines having the formula:
R2-N-Rl-N-R2 (R )2-N-R1-N-(R2)2 L L L
X X X or
Figure imgf000048_0001
(3) ethoxylated polyamines having the formula: R2
R3-[(Al)q-(R4)t-N-L-X]p
(4) ethoxylated amine polymers having the general formula:
R2 [(R2)2-N3„fRl-N3χERl-N}yfRl-N-L-X)z
L
and
(5) mixtures thereof; wherein Al is 0 0 0 0 0
II I I) II II
-NC-, -NC0-, -NCN-, -CN-, -0CN-, i i ( i ι i
R R R R R R
0 0 0 00
II If v II 1/
-CO-, -oco- -oc- -CNC-
I
R or -0-; R is H or C1-C4 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl; Rl is C2-C12 alkyl¬ ene, hydroxyal kyl ene, alkenylene, arylene or alkarylene, or a C2-C3 oxyalkylene moiety having from 2 to about 20 oxyalkylene units provided that no 0-N bonds are formed; each R2 is C1-C4 or hydroxy¬ alkyl, the moiety -L-X, or two R2 together form the moiety -(CH2)r> -A2-(CH2)s-> wherein A2 is -0- or -CH2-, r is 1 or 2, s is 1 or 2, and r + s is 3 or 4; X is a nonionic group, an anionic group or mixture thereof; R3 is a substituted C3-C12 alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkenyl, aryl , or alkaryl group having substitution sites; R4 is C1-C12 alkylene, hydroxyal kyl ene, alkenylene, arylene or alkarylene, or a C2-C3 oxyalkylene moiety having from 2 to about 20 oxyalkylene units provided that no 0-0 or 0-N bonds are formed; L is a hydro¬ philic chain which contains the polyoxyalkylene moiety -[(R5θ)m(CH2- CH2θ)n]-, wherein R5 is C3-C4 alkylene or hydroxyalkylene and m and n are numbers such that the moiety -(CH CH2θ)n- comprises at least about 50% by weight of said polyoxyalkylene moiety; for said mono- amines, is from 0 to about 4, and n is at least about 12; for said diamines, m is from 0 to about 3, and n is at least about 6 when Rl is C2-C3 alkylene, hydroxyalkylene, or alkenylene, and at least about 3 when Rl is other than C2-C3 alkylene, hydroxyalkylene or alkenylene; for said polyamines and amine polymers, m is from 0 to about 10 and n is at least about 3; p is from 3 to 8; q is 1 or 0; t is 1 or 0, provided that t is 1 when q is 1; w is 1 or 0; x + y + z is at least 2; and y + z is at least 2. The most preferred soil release and anti-redeposition agent is ethoxylated tetraethylene- pentamine. Exemplary ethoxylated amines are further described in U.S. Patent 4,597,898, VanderMeer, issued July 1, 1986, incorporated herein by reference. Another group of preferred clay soil removal/ anti-redeposition agents are the cationic compounds disclosed in European Patent Application 111,965, Oh and Gosselink, published June 27, 1984, incorporated herein by reference. Other clay soil removal/anti-redeposition agents which can be used include the ethoxylated amine polymers disclosed in European Patent Application 111,984, Gosselink, published June 27, 1984; the zwitterionic polymers disclosed in European Patent Application 112,592, Gosselink, published July 4, 1984; and the amine oxides disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,548,744, Connor, issued October 22, 1985, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Other clay soil removal and/or anti redeposition agents known in the art can also be utilized in the compositions hereof. Another type of preferred anti-redeposition agent includes the carboxy methyl cellulose (CMC) materials. These materials are well known in the art. Polymeric Dispersing Agents
Polymeric dispersing agents can advantageously be utilized in the compositions hereof. These materials can aid in calcium and magnesium hardness control. Suitable polymeric dispersing agents include polymeric poly¬ carboxylates and polyethylene glycols, although others known in the art can also be used.
Polymeric dispersing agents are generally used at levels of about 0.5% to about 5%, by weight, of the detergent composition, more generally from about 1.0% to about 2.0%.
The polycarboxylate materials which can be employed as the polymeric polycarboxylate dispersing agent component herein are these polymers or copolymers which contain at least about 60% by weight of segments with the general formula
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein X, Y, and Z are each selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, carboxy, carboxymethyl , hydroxy and hydroxymethyl ; a salt-forming cation and n is from about 30 to about 400. Prefer- ably, X is hydrogen or hydroxy, Y is hydrogen or carboxy, Z is hydrogen and M is hydrogen, alkali metal, ammonia or substituted ammonium.
Polymeric polycarboxylate materials of this type can be prepared by polymerizing or copolymerizing suitable unsaturated monomers, preferably in their acid form. Unsaturated monomeric acids that can be polymerized to form suitable polymeric polycarboxylates include acrylic acid, maleic acid (or maleic anhydride), fumaric acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, mesaconic acid, citraconic acid and methylenemalonic acid. The presence in the polymeric polycarboxylates herein of monomeric segments, containing no carboxylate radicals such as vinylmethyl ether, styrene, ethylene, etc. is suitable provided that such segments do not constitute more than about 40% by weight.
Particularly suitable polymeric polycarboxylates can be derived from acrylic acid. Such acrylic acid-based polymers which are useful herein are the water-soluble salts of polymerized acrylic acid. The average molecular weight of such polymers in the acid form preferably ranges from about 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably from about 4,000 to 7,000 and most prefereably from about 4,000 to 5,000. Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid polymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts. Soluble polymers of this type are known materials. Use of polyacrylates of this type in detergent compositions has been disclosed, for example, in Diehl, U.S. Patent No. 3,308,067, issued March 7, 1967. This patent is incorporated herein by reference.
Acrylic/maleic-based copolymers may also be used as a preferred component of the dispersing/anti-redeposition agent. Such materials include the water-soluble salts of copolymers of acrylic acid and maleic acid. The average molecular weight of such copolymers in the acid form preferably ranges from about 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably from about 5,000 to 75,000, most preferably from about
7,000 to 65,000. The ratio of acrylate to maleate segments in such copolymers will generally rnage from about 30:1 to about 1:1, more preferably from about 10:1 to 2:1. Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid/maleic acid copolymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts. Soluble acrylate/maleate copolymers of this type are known materials which are described in European Patent Application No. 66915, published
December 15, 1982, which publication is incorporated herein by reference.
Another polymeric material which can be included is polyethyl¬ ene glycol (PEG). PEG can exhibit dispersing agent performance as well as act as a clay soil removal/anti-redeposition agent. Typical molecular weight ranges for these purposes range from about 500 to about 100,000, preferably from about 1,000 to about 50,000, more preferably from about 1,500 to about 10,000. Brightener
Any optical brighteners or other brightening or whitening agents known in the art can be incorporated into the detergent compositions hereof.
The choice of brightener for use in detergent compositions will depend upon a number of factors, such as the type of detergent, the nature of other components present in the detergent composition, the temperatures of wash water, the degree of agitation, and the ratio of the material washed to tub size. The brightener selection is also dependent upon the type of material to be cleaned, e.g., cottons, synthetics, etc. Since most laundry detergent products are used to clean a variety of fabrics, the detergent compositions should contain a mixture of brighteners which will be effective for a variety of fabrics. It is of course necessary that the individual components of such a brightener mixture be compatible.
Commercial optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention can be classified into subgroups which include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives of stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, carboxylic acid, methinecyanines, dibenzothiphene-5,5-dioxide, azoles, 5- and 6-membered-ring heterocycles, and other miscellaneous agents. Examples of such brighteners are disclosed in "The Production and Application of Fluorescent Brightening Agents", M. Zahradnik, Published by John Wiley & Sons, New York (1982), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Stilbene derivatives which may be useful in the present invention include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives of bis(triazinyl)amino-stilbene; bisacylamino derivatives of stilbene; triazole derivatives of stilbene; oxadiazole derivatives of stilbene; oxazole derivatives of stilbene; and styryl derivatives of stilbene.
Certain derivatives of bis(triazinyl)aminostilbene which may be useful in the present invention may be prepared from 4,4'-diamine- stilbene-2,2'-disulfonic acid.
Coumarin derivatives which may be useful in the present invention include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives substituted in the 3-position, in the 7-position, and in the 3- and 7-positions.
Carboxylic acid derivatives which may be useful in the present invention include, but are not necessarily limited to, fumaric acid derivatives; benzoic acid derivatives; p-phenylene-bis-acrylic acid derivatives; naphthalenedicarboxylic acid derivatives; heterocyclic acid derivatives; and cinnamic acid derivatives.
Cinnamic acid derivatives which may be useful in the present invention can be further subclassified into groups which include, but are not necessarily limited to, cinnamic acid derivatives, styrylazoles, styrylbenzofurans, styryloxadiazoles, styryltriazoles, and styrylpolyphenyls, as disclosed on page 77 of the Zahradnik reference.
The styrylazoles can be further subclassified into styrylbenz- oxazoles, styrylimidazoles and styrylthiazoles, as disclosed on page 78 of the Zahradnik reference. It will be understood that these three identified subclasses may not necessarily reflect an exhaus¬ tive list of subgroups into which styrylazoles may be subclassified.
Another class of optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention are the derivatives of dibenzothiophene-5,5- dioxide disclosed at page 741-749 of The Kirk-Oth er Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology. Volume 3, pages 737-750 (John Wiley & Son, Inc., 1962), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, and include 3,7-diaminodibenzothiophene-2,8-disulfonic acid 5,5 dioxide.
Another class of optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention include azoles, which are derivatives of
5-membered ring heterocycles. These can be further subcategorized into monoazoles and bisazoles. Examples of monoazoles and bisazoles are disclosed in the Kirk-Othmer reference.
Another class of brighteners which may be useful in the present invention are the derivatives of 6-membered-ring hetero- cycles disclosed in the Kirk-Othmer reference. Examples of such compounds include brighteners derived from pyrazine and brighteners derived from 4-aminonaphthalamide.
In addition to the brighteners already described, miscellaneous agents may also be useful as brighteners. Examples of such miscellaneous agents are disclosed at pages 93-95 of the Zahradnik reference, and include l-hydroxy-3,6,8-pyrenetri- sulphonic acid; 2,4-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-6-yl-pyrene; 4,5-di- phenylimidazolone- disulphonic acid; and derivatives of pyrazoline- quinoline.
Other specific examples of optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention are those identified in U.S. Patent 4,790,856, issued to Wixon on December 13, 1988, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. These brighteners include the PhorwhiteTM series of brighteners from Verona. Other brighteners disclosed in this reference include: Tinopal UNPA, Tinopal CBS and Tinopal 5BM; available from Ciba-Geigy; Arctic White CC and Artie White CWD, available from Hilton-Davis, located in Italy; the 2-(4-styryl-phenyl)-2H- naphthol[l,2-d]triazoles; 4,4'- bis- (l,2,3-triazol-2-yl)-stil- benes; 4,4'-bis(styryl)bisphenyls; and the y-aminocoumarins. Specific examples of these brighteners include 4-methyl-7-diethyl- amino coumarin; l,2-bis(-benzimidazol- 2-yl)ethylene; 1,3-diphenylphrazolines; 2,5-bis(benzoxazol-2-yl)- thiophene; 2-styryl-naphth-[l,2-d]oxazole; and 2-(stilbene-4-yl)- 2H-naphtho- [l,2-d]triazole.
Other optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention include those disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,646,015, issued February 29, 1972 to Hamilton, the disclosure of which is incorpor¬ ated herein by reference. Other Ingredients
A wide variety of other ingredients useful in detergent compositions can be included in the compositions hereof, including other active ingredients, carriers, hydrotropes, processing aids, dyes or pigments, solvents for liquid formulations, etc.
Liquid detergent compositions can contain water and other solvents as carriers. Low molecular weight primary or secondary alcohols exemplified by methanol, ethanol, propanol , and isopropanol are suitable. Monohydric alcohols are preferred for solubilizing surfactant, but polyols such as those containing from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms and from 2 to about 6 hydroxy groups (e.g., propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, glycerine, and 1,2-propanediol) can also be used.
The detergent compositions hereof will preferably be formulated such that during use in aqueous cleaning operations, the wash water will have a pH of between about 6.5 and about 11, preferably between about 7.5 and about 10.5. Liquid product formulations preferably have a pH between about 7.5 and about 9.5, more preferably between about 7.5 and 9.0. Techniques for controlling pH at recommended usage levels include the use of buffers, alkalis, acids, etc., and are well known to those skilled in the art.
This invention further provides a method for improving the performance of granular and liquid detergents containing alkyl sulfate surfactant by incorporating into such composition, either separately or in detersive particles also containing alkyl sulfate surfactant, polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant as described above.
This invention further provides a method for cleaning substrates, such as fibers, fabrics, hard surfaces, skin, etc., by contacting said substrate with a detergent composition comprising at least about 1% surfactant and at least 1% of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, wherein a) the composition also includes i) a suds suppressing amount of a suds suppressor, or ii) at least about 1%, preferably from about 3% to about 30% of an auxiliary surfactant selected from the group consisting of alkyl ethoxylates, alkyl ethoxylated sulfates, alkyl ester sulfonates, or mixtures thereof, wherein the weight ratio of alkyl sulfate surfactant to polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is from about 1:10 to about 10:1, or preferably within the previously stated preferred weight ratios, or b) wherein the composition comprises alkyl sulfate surfactant and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide wherein Rl is methyl, R2 is a C9-C17 alkyl or alkenyl, and Z is derived from a reducing sugar, preferably a glycoside, more preferably a glucoside, and the weight ratio of alkyl sulfate to polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, is from about 1.25:1 to about 1:6, preferably from about 1.25:1 to about 1:4, more preferably from about 1.25:1.0 to about 1.0:1.25. Agitation is preferably provided for enhancing cleaning. Suitable means for providing agitation include rubbing by hand or preferably with the aid of a brush, or other cleaning device, automatic laundry washing machines, automatic dishwashers, etc.
EXPERIMENTAL This exemplifies a process for making a N-methyl, 1-deoxyglu- cityl lauramide surfactant for use herein. Although a skilled chemist can vary apparatus configuration, one suitable apparatus for use herein comprises a three-liter four-necked flask fitted with a motor-driven paddle stirrer and a thermometer of length sufficient to contact the reaction medium. The other two necks of the flask are fitted with a nitrogen sweep and a wide-bore side-arm (caution: a wide-bore side-arm is important in case of very rapid methanol evolution) to which is connected an efficient collecting condenser and vacuum outlet. The latter is connected to a nitrogen bleed and vacuum gauge, then to an aspirator and a trap. A 500 watt heating mantle with a variable transformer temperature controller ("Variac") used to heat the reaction is so placed on a lab-jack that it may be readily raised or lowered to further control temperature of the reaction.
N-methylglucamine (195 g., 1.0 mole, Aldrich, M4700-0) and methyl laurate (Procter & Gamble CE 1270, 220.9 g., 1.0 mole) are placed in a flask. The solid/liquid mixture is heated with stirring under a nitrogen sweep to form a melt (approximately 25 minutes). When the melt temperature reaches 145* C, catalyst (anhydrous powdered sodium carbonate, 10.5 g., 0.1 mole, J. T. Baker) is added. The nitrogen sweep is shut off and the aspirator and nitrogen bleed are adjusted to give 5 inches (5/31 atm.) Hg. vacuum. From this point on, the reaction temperature is held at 150* C by adjusting the Variac and/or by raising or lowering the mantle.
Within 7 minutes, first methanol bubbles are sighted at the meniscus of the reaction mixture. A vigorous reaction soon follows. Methanol is distilled over until its rate subsides. The vacuum is adjusted to give about 10 inches Hg. (10/31 atm.) vacuum. The vacuum is increased approximately as follows (in inches Hg. at minutes): 10 at 3, 20 at 7, 25 at 10. 11 minutes from the onset of methanol evolution, heating and stirring are discontinued co-incident with some foaming. The product is cooled and solidifies.
The following examples are meant to exemplify compositions of the present invention, but are not necessarily meant to limit or otherwise define the scope of the invention, said scope being determined according to claims which follow.
EXAMPLES 1-6 These examples show preferred compositions containing alkyl sulfates and polyhydroxy fattty acid amides for washing preferably above about 40*C, at concentrations of about 6000 - 8000 ppm, wash water weight basis. Base Granule c14-15 Alkyl Sulfate Ciδ-18 Alkyl Sulfate Linear C12 Alkylbenzene Sulfonate C16-18 Alkyl Ethoxylate (11 mole) Zeolite Acrylate/ aleate copoly er (60000 MW)
Figure imgf000056_0001
Water and Miscellaneous 9.4 9.2 10.1
Admix and Spray-on
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Cocoamide 7.0
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Oleamide Sodium Citrate Sodium Carbonate Sodium Silicate (Siθ2/Na2θ=1.6) Perfume
Silicone Fluid Miscellaneous (filler salts, enzymes, bleach, soil release polymers, etc)
Figure imgf000057_0001
100.0 100.0 100.0 The compositions of Examples 1-3 are preferably utilized at concentrations of about 6000 ppm, wash water weight basis, at a temperature of from about 30*C to 95"C. These compositions are made by slurrying the base granule ingredients and spray drying to about 9% moisture content. Remaining dry powdered or granular ingredients are admixed followed by spray-on addition of the final liquid ingredients. Base Granule 4 5 6
Linear C12 Alkylbenzene Sulfonate 5.9 N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Tallow Fatty Amide c14-15 Alkyl Sulfate Ci6-18 Alkyl Sulfate Zeolite
Polyacrylate (4500 MW) Sodium Citrate Sodium Carbonate Water and Miscellaneous
Figure imgf000057_0002
Admix and Spray-on
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Lauramide 7.1 N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Cocoamide 6.6
Miscellaneous (bleach, filler salts, builder salts, enzymes, etc) 39.3 36.9 38.7
100.0 100.0 100.0 Examples 4-6 show standard density heavy duty granular detergent compositions for wash temperatures between about 30βC to 95*C, at concentrations of about 8000 ppm, wash water weight basis. The compositions are prepared by spray drying a slurry of the base granule ingredients to about 10-13% moisture, adding additional dry powdered ingredients, such as bleach, activators, and other adjuncts, and spraying on liquids such as perfume, nonionics, or suds suppressor fluids.
EXAMPLES 7-20 These examples show heavy duty granular detergent compositions containing polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, alkyl sulfates and suds suppressors.
Base Granule 7 8 9 10
Ci4_i5 Alkyl Sulfate 18.7 10.1 11.3
Ci4-i5 Alkyl Ethoxy (2.25) Sulfate 5.6
C12-I8 Alkyl Sulfate 16.9
Figure imgf000058_0001
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 *Suds Suppressor Flake contains approximately 5% of a silica/sili- cone oil dispersion encapsulated in a flake containing primarily polyethylene glycol ("PEG," 8000 MW), at greater than 80%, and minor optional water soluble ingredients.
Examples 7-10 exemplify formulations for preferred use of about 1400 ppm, wash water weight basis, for temperatures below about 50'C. The above examples are made by combining the base granule ingredients as a slurry, and spray drying to about 4-8% residual moisture. The remaining dry ingredients are admixed in granular or powder form with the spray dryed granule in a rotary mixing drum, and the liquid ingredients (nonionic surfactant and perfume) sprayed on.
Base Granule Linear C12 Alkylbenzene Sulfonate
Ci4-i5 Alkyl Sulfate
Tallow Fatty Acid
Zeolite A
Polyacrylate (4500 MW) Polyethylene Glycol (8000 MW)
Sodium Silicate (Siθ2/Na2θ=1.6)
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Sulfate
Miscellaneous
Figure imgf000059_0001
Admix and Sorav-on
Detersive Particle of Example 29 14.3
Detersive Partcile of Example 30 30.0
Zeolite A 5.0 5.0
Sodium Citrate 5.0 Suds Suppressor Flake* 0.5 0.5
Miscellaneous 7.1 5.0
Residual Water 7.8 6.2
100.0 100.0
*Suds Suppressor Flake contains about 5% of a silica/silicone oil dispersion encapsulated in a flake of PEG (8000 MW), at 85%, and about 10% of tallow fatty acid.
Examples 11 and 12 are preferably utilized at about 1000 ppm, wash water weight basis, at temperature less than about 50*C. These are made by slurrying and spray drying the base granule ingredients to about 7-10% moisture, and admixing or spraying on the remaining ingredients.
Base Granule
Ci4-i5 Alkyl Sulfate
Clδ-18 Fatty Acid Zeolite A
Polyacrylate (4500 MW)
Polyethylene Glycol (8000 MW)
Sodium Carbonate
Figure imgf000059_0002
Sodium Sul fate
Sodi um Si l icate (Si θ2/Na2θ=2)
Miscellaneous
Admix and Spray-on
Zeol ite A
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxygl ucityl Cocoamide
Detersive Particl e of Example 28
C12-I8 Al kyl Sul fate
C12-I8 Al kyl Ethoxy (2) Sul fate
Suds Suppressor Fl ake *
Opti onal admixed ingredients c12-13 Al kyl Ethoxyl ate (6.5 mol e)
Perfume
Water and Miscellaneous
Figure imgf000060_0001
Totals 100.0 100.0 100.0
* Suds Suppressor Flake contains approximately 5% of a silica/sili- cone oil dispersion encapsulated in a flake containing primarily PEG (8000 MW), at greater than 80%, and minor optional water soluble ingredients.
The compositions of Examples 13-15 represent condensed granular formulations prepared by slurrying and spray drying the base granule ingredients to a moisture of about 5%, and mixing in the additional or powdered dry ingredients. The resulting mixture is dedusted by spraying on the liquid ingredients. The product is intended for use at about 1000 ppm concentration, at wash temperatures less than about 30'C.
Base Granule c14-15 Alkyl Sulfate Ciδ-18 Alkyl Sulfate Linear C12 Alkylbenzene Sulfonate C16-I8 Alkyl Ethoxylate (11 mole) Tallow Fatty Acid Zeolite
Aer late/maleate copoly εr (60000 MW) Water and Miscellaneous
Figure imgf000060_0002
Admix and Sorav-on
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Cocoamide 7.0
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Tallow Fatty Amide 4.0
Figure imgf000061_0001
100.0 100.0
The compositions of Examples 16 and 17 are preferably utilized at concentrations of about 6000 ppm, wash water weight basis, at temperature of from about 30'C to 95'C. These compositions can be made by slurrying the base granule ingredients and spray dried to about 9% moisture content. Remaining dry powdered or granular ingredients are added and mixed in a rotary mix drum, followed by spray on addition of the final liquid ingredients.
Base Granule 18 19 20
Linear C12 Alkylbenzene Sulfonate 5.9 N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Tallow Fatty Amide c14-15 Alkyl Sulfate C16-I8 Alkyl Sulfate Zeolite
Tallow Fatty Acid Polyacrylate (4500 MW) Citrate
Sodium Carbonate Water and Miscellaneous
Figure imgf000061_0002
Admix and Spray-on
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Lauramide 7.1 N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Cocoamide Perfume
Silicone Fluid
Miscellaneous (bleach, filler salts, builder salts, enzymes, etc)
Figure imgf000061_0003
100.0 100.0 100.0 Examples 18-20 show standard density heavy duty granular detergent compositions for wash temperatures between about 30βC to 95'C, at concentrations of about 8000 ppm, wash water weight basis. The compositions are prepared by spray drying a slurry of the base granule ingredients to about 10-13% moisture, adding additional dry powdered ingredients, such as bleach, activators, and other adjuncts, and spraying on liquids such as perfume, nonionics, or suds suppressor fluids.
EXAMPLES 21-27 The following examples represent heavy duty liquid compositions containing alkyl sulfates and polyhydroxy fatty acid amides. Ingredients 21 22 23 24 C12-1 Alkyl Sulfate 12.9 12.9 9.0 11.5
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl
Cocoamide 8.4 8.4
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Oleamide Oleic acid Citric acid
Dodecenyl succinic acid Silicone oil
Miscellaneous (e.g. solvents, enzymes, brightener, stabilizers, buffers) Water
Figure imgf000062_0001
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Examples 21-24 are preferably used at about 12000 ppm, wash water weight basis, at temperatures from 30-95'C.
Ingredients
N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Cocoamide N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Oleamide Ci4-i5 Alkyl Ethoxy (2.25) Sulfate Ci4-i5 Alkyl Sulfate
C12-I8 Alkyl Ethoxy (2.5) Sulfate C12-14 Alkyl Sulfate c12-14 Alkyl Ethoxylate Dodecyi Trimethyl Ammonium Chloride Dodecenyl Succinate Citrate
TMS/TDS (80/20) * C12-14 Fatty Acid
Figure imgf000062_0002
Oxydisuccinate
Ethoxylated Tetraethylene Pentamine Polyacrylate (4500 MW) Miscellaneous (enzymes, brighteners, release agents, stabilizers, etc) Water
Figure imgf000063_0001
100.0 100.0 100.0 * TMS/TDS is tartrate monosuccinate/tartrate disuccinate
Examples 25-27 are preferably used at about 2000 ppm, wash water weight basis, for wash temperatures below about 50*C.
Examples 21-27 are prepared by combining non-aqueous solvents, aqueous surfactant pastes or solutions, melted fatty acids, aqueous solutions of polycarboxylate builders and other salts, aqueous ethoxylated tetraethylenepentamine, buffering agents, caustic, and the remaining water. The pH is adjusted using either an aqueous citric acid solution or sodium hydroxide solution to about pH 8.5. After pH adjustment, the final ingredients, such as soil release agents, enzymes, colorants, and perfume, are added and the mixture stirred until a single phase is achieved. EXAMPLES 28-30
The following examples demonstrate detersive particles containing alkyl sulfates and polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, suitable for direct addition into heavy duty granular detergent compositions. Ingredients
C12-I8 Alkyl Sulfate c14-15 Alkyl Sulfate N-Methyl N-1-Deoxyglucityl Cocoamide Miscellaneous Residual Water and Miscellaneous
Figure imgf000063_0002
100.0 100.0 100.0 Examples 26-28 are prepared by mixing a melt of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide between 70*C-100*C to an alkyl sulfate paste. The product is then allowed to dry to less than 5% moisture, and finally ground and sized to approximately .1-1 mm in diameter.
EXAMPLE 31 An alternate method for preparing the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides used herein is as follows. A reaction mixture consisting of 84.87g. fatty acid methyl ester (source: Procter & Gamble methyl ester CE1270), 75g. N-methyl-D-glucamine (source: Aldrich Chemical Company M4700-0), 1.04g. sodium methoxide (source: Aldrich Chemical Company 16,499-2), and 68.51g. methyl alcohol is used. The reaction vessel comprises a standard reflux set-up fitted with a drying tube, condenser and stir bar. In this procedure, the N-methyl glucamine is combined with methanol with stirring under argon and heating is begun with good mixing (stir bar; reflux). After 15-20 minutes, when the solution has reached the desired temperature, the ester and sodium methoxide catalyst are added. Samples are taken periodically to monitor the course of the reaction, but it is noted that the solution is completely clear by 63.5 minutes. It is judged that the reaction is, in fact, nearly complete at that point. The reaction mixture is maintained at reflux for 4 hours. After removal of the methanol, the recovered crude product weighs 156.16 grams. After vacuum drying and purification, an overall yield of 106.92 grams purified product is recovered. However, percentage yields are not calculated on this basis, inasmuch as regular sampling throughout the course of the reaction makes an overall percentage yield value meaningless. The reaction can be carried out at 80% and 90% reactant concentrations for periods up to 6 hours to yield products with extremely small by-product formation.
The following is not intended to limit the invention herein, but is simply to further illustrate additional aspects of the technology which may be considered by the formulator in the manufac¬ ture of a wide variety of detergent compositions using the polyhy¬ droxy fatty acid amides.
It will be readily appreciated that the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides are, by virtue of their amide bond, subject to some instability under highly basic or highly acidic conditions. While some decomposition can be tolerated, it is preferred that these materials not be subjected to pH's above about 11, preferably 10, nor below about 3 for unduly extended periods. Final product pH (liquids) is typically 7.0-9.0. During the manufacture of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides it will typically be necessary to at least partially neutralize the base catalyst used to form the amide bond. While any acid can be used for this purpose, the detergent formulator will recognize that it is a simple and convenient matter to use an acid which provides an anion that is otherwise useful and desirable in the finished detergent composition. For example, citric acid can be used for purposes of neutralization and the resulting citrate ion (ca. 1%) be allowed to remain with a ca. 40% polyhydroxy fatty acid amide slurry and be pumped into the later manufacturing stages of the overall detergent-manufacturing process. The acid forms of materials such as oxydisuccinate, nitrilotriacetate, ethylenediaminetetraacetate, tartrate/succinate, and the like, can be used similarly.
The polyhydroxy fatty acid amides derived from coconut alkyl fatty acids (predominantly C12-C14) are more soluble than their tallow alkyl (predominantly C16-C18) counterparts. Accordingly, the C12-C14 materials are somewhat easier to formulate in liquid compo- sitions, and are more soluble in cool-water laundering baths. However, the C16-C18 materials are also quite useful, especially under circumstances where warm-to-hot wash water is used. Indeed, the C16-C1B materials may be better detersive surfactants than their C12-C14 counterparts. Accordingly, the formulator may wish to balance ease-of-manufacture vs. performance when selecting a par¬ ticular polyhydroxy fatty acid amide for use in a given formulation. It will also be appreciated that the solubility of the polyhy¬ droxy fatty acid amides can be increased by having points of unsat- uration and/or chain branching in the fatty acid moiety. Thus, materials such as the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides derived from oleic acid and iso-stearic acid are more soluble than their n-alkyl counterparts.
Likewise, the solubility of polyhydroxy fatty acid amides prepared from disaccharides, trisaccharides, etc., will ordinarily be greater than the solubility of their monosaccharide-derived counterpart materials. This higher solubility can be of particular assistance when formulating liquid compositions. Moreover, the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides wherein the polyhydroxy group is derived from maltose appear to function especially well as deter- gents when used in combination with conventional alkylbenzene sulfonate ("LAS") surfactants. While not intending to be limited by theory, it appears that the combination of LAS with the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides derived from the higher saccharides such as maltose causes a substantial and unexpected lowering of interfacial tension in aqueous media, thereby enhancing net detergency perform¬ ance. (The manufacture of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide derived from maltose is described hereinafter.) The polyhydroxy fatty acid amides can be manufactured not only from the purified sugars, but also from hydrolyzed starches, e.g., corn starch, potato starch, or any other convenient plant-derived starch which contains the mono-, di-, etc. saccharide desired by the formulator. This is of particular importance from the economic standpoint. Thus, "high glucose" corn syrup, "high maltose" corn syrup, etc. can conveniently and economically be used. De-lignified, hydrolyzed cellulose pulp can also provide a raw material source for the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides.
As noted above, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides derived from the higher saccharides, such as maltose, lactose, etc., are more soluble than their glucose counterparts. Moreover, it appears that the more soluble polyhydroxy fatty acid amides can help solubilize their less soluble counterparts, to varying degrees. Accordingly, the formulator may elect to use a raw material comprising a high glucose corn syrup, for example, but to select a syrup which contains a modicum of maltose (e.g., 1% or more). The resulting mixture of polyhydroxy fatty acids will, in general, exhibit more preferred solubility properties over a broader range of temperatures and concentrations than would a "pure" glucose-derived polyhydroxy fatty acid amide. Thus, in addition to any economic advantages for using sugar mixtures rather than pure sugar reactants, the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides prepared from mixed sugars can offer very substantial advantages with respect to performance and/or ease-of- formulation. In some instances, however, some loss of grease removal performance (dishwashing) may be noted at fatty acid malt- amide levels above about 25% and some loss in sudsing above about 33% (said percentages being the percentage of maltamide-derived polyhydroxy fatty acid amide vs. glucose-derived polyhydroxy fatty acid amide in the mixture). This can vary somewhat, depending on the chain length of the fatty acid moiety. Typically, then, the formulator electing to use such mixtures may find it advantageous to select polyhydroxy fatty acid amide mixtures which contain ratios of monosaccharides (e.g., glucose) to di- and higher saccharides (e.g., maltose) from about 4:1 to about 99:1.
The manufacture of preferred, uncyclized polyhydroxy fatty acid amides from fatty esters and N-alkyl polyols can be carried out in alcohol solvents at temperatures from about 30*C-90*C, preferably about 50*C-80*C. It has now been determined that it may be con¬ venient for the formulator of, for example, liquid detergents to conduct such processes in 1,2-propylene glycol solvent, since the glycol solvent need not be completely removed from the reaction product prior to use in the finished detergent formulation. Like¬ wise, the formulator of, for example, solid, typically granular, detergent compositions may find it convenient to run the process at 30'C-90'C in solvents which comprise ethoxylated alcohols, such as the ethoxylated (EO 3-8) C12-C14 alcohols, such as those available as NEODOL 23 E06.5 (Shell). When such ethoxylates are used, it is preferred that they not contain substantial amounts of unethoxylated alcohol and, most preferably, not contain substantial amounts of mono-ethoxylated alcohol. ("T" designation.)
While methods for making polyhydroxy fatty acid amides per se form no part of the invention herein, the formulator can also note other syntheses of polyhydroxy fatty acid amides as described hereinafter.
Typically, the industrial scale reaction sequence for preparing the preferred acyclic polyhydroxy fatty acid amides will comprise: Step 1 - preparing the N-alkyl polyhydroxy amine derivative from the desired sugar or sugar mixture by formation of an adduct of the N-alkyl amine and the sugar, followed by reaction with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst; followed by Step 2 - reacting the aforesaid polyhydroxy amine with, preferably, a fatty ester to form an amide bond. While a variety of N-alkyl polyhydroxy amines useful in Step 2 of the reaction sequence can be prepared by various art-disclosed processes, the following process is convenient and makes use of economical sugar syrup as the raw material. It is to be understood that, for best results when using such syrup raw materials, the manufacturer should select syrups that are quite light in color or, preferably, nearly colorless ("water-white"). Preparation of N-Alkyl Polyhydroxy Amine From Plant-Derived Sugar Syrup I. Adduct Formation - The following is a standard process in which about 420 g of about 55% glucose solution (corn syrup - about 231 g glucose - about 1.28 moles) having a Gardner Color of less than 1 is reacted with about 119 g of about 50% aqueous methylamine (59.5 g of methylamine - 1.92 moles) solution. The methylamine (MMA) solution is purged and shielded with N2 and cooled to about 10'C, or less. The corn syrup is purged and shielded with N2 at a temperature of about 10*-20'C. The corn syrup is added slowly to the MMA solution at the indicated reaction temperature as shown. The Gardner Color is measured at the indicated approximate times in minutes.
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000068_0001
As can be seen from the above data, the Gardner Color for the adduct is much worse as the temperature is raised above about 30*C and at about 50*C, the time that the adduct has a Gardner Color below 7 is only about 30 minutes. For longer reaction, and/or holding times, the temperature should be less than about 20*C. The Gardner Color should be less than about 7, and preferably less than about 4 for good color glucamine.
When one uses lower temperatures for forming the adduct, the time to reach substantial equilibrium concentration of the adduct is shortened by the use of higher ratios of amine to sugar. With the 1.5:1 mole ratio of amine to sugar noted, equilibrium is reached in about two hours at a reaction temperature of about 30*C. At a 1.2:1 mole ratio, under the same conditions, the time is at least about three hours. For good color, the combination of amine:sugar ratio; reaction temperature; and reaction time is selected to achieve substantially equilibrium conversion, e.g., more than about 90%, preferably more than about 95%, even more preferably more than about 99%, based upon the sugar, and a color that is less than about 7, preferably less than about 4, more preferably less than about 1, for the adduct.
Using the above process at a reaction temperature of less than about 20°C and corn syrups with different Gardner Colors as indicated, the MMA adduct color (after substantial equilibrium is reached in at least about two hours) is as indicated.
TABLE 2 Gardner Color (Approximate)
Corn syrup 1 1 1 1+ 0 0 0+ Adduct 3 4/5 7/8 7/8 1 2 1
As can be seen from the above, the starting sugar material must be very near colorless in order to consistently have adduct that is acceptable. When the sugar has a Gardner Color of about 1, the adduct is sometimes acceptable and sometimes not acceptable. When the Gardner Color is above 1 the resulting adduct is unacceptable. The better the initial color of the sugar, the better is the color of the adduct.
II. Hydrogen Reaction - Adduct from the above having a Gardner Color of 1 or less is hydrogenated according to the following procedure.
About 539 g of adduct in water and about 23.1 g of United Catalyst G49B Ni catalyst are added to a one liter autoclave and purged two times with 200 psig H2 at about 20'C. The H2 pressure is raised to about 1400 psi and the temperature is raised to about 50βC. The pressure is then raised to about 1600 psig and the temperature is held at about 50-55'C for about three hours. The product is about 95% hydrogenated at this point. The temperature is then raised to about 85*C for about 30 minutes and the reaction mixture is decanted and the catalyst is filtered out. The product, after removal of water and MMA by evaporation, is about 95% N-methyl glucamine, a white powder.
The above procedure is repeated with about 23.1 g of Raney Ni catalyst with the following changes. The catalyst is washed three times and the reactor, with the catalyst in the reactor, is purged twice with 200 psig H2 and the reactor is pressurized with H2 at 1600 psig for two hours, the pressure is released at one hour and the reactor is repressurized to 1600 psig. The adduct is then pumped into the reactor which is at 200 psig and 20'C, and the reactor is purged with 200 psig H2, etc., as above.
The resulting product in each case is greater than about 95% N-methyl glucamine; has less than about 10 ppm Ni based upon the glucamine; and has a solution color of less than about Gardner 2.
The crude N-methyl glucamine is color stable to about 140βC for a short exposure time.
It is important to have good adduct that has low sugar content (less than about 5%, preferably less than about 1%) and a good color (less than about 7, preferably less than about 4 Gardner, more preferably less than about 1).
In another reaction, adduct is prepared starting with about 159 g of about 50% methylamine in water, which is purged and shielded with N2 at about 10-20'C. About 330 g of about 70% corn syrup (near water-white) is degassed with N2 at about 50'C and is added slowly to the methylamine solution at a temperature of less than about 20*C. The solution is mixed for about 30 minutes to give about 95% adduct that is a very light yellow solution.
About 190 g of adduct in water and about 9 g of United Catalyst G49B Ni catalyst are added to a 200 ml autoclave and purged three times with H2 at about 20'C. The H2 pressure is raised to about 200 psi and the temperature is raised to about 50'C. The pressure is raised to 250 psi and the temperature is held at about 50-55*C for about three hours. The product, which is about 95% hydrogenated at this point, is then raised to a temperature of about 85'C for about 30 minutes and the product, after removal of water and evaporation, is about 95% N-methyl glucamine, a white powder.
It is also important to minimize contact between adduct and catalyst when the H2 pressure is less than about 1000 psig to minimize Ni content in the glucamine. The nickel content in the
N-methyl glucamine in this reaction is about 100 ppm as compared to the less than 10 ppm in the previous reaction.
The following reactions with H2 are run for direct comparison of reaction temperature effects. A 200 ml autoclave reactor is used following typical procedures similar to those set forth above to make adduct and to run the hydrogen reaction at various temperatures.
Adduct for use in making glucamine is prepared by combining about 420 g of about 55% glucose (corn syrup) solution (231 g glucose; 1.28 moles) (the solution is made using 99DE corn syrup from CarGill, the solution having a color less than Gardner 1) and about 119 g of 50% methylamine (59.5 g MMA; 1.92 moles) (from Air Products) . The reaction procedure is as follows:
1. Add about 119 g of the 50% methylamine solution to a N2 purged reactor, shield with N2 and cool down to less than about lO'C.
2. Degas and/or purge the 55% corn syrup solution at 10-20'C with N2 to remove oxygen in the solution. 3. Slowly add the corn syrup solution to the methylamine solution and keep the temperature less than about 20*C.
4. Once all corn syrup solution is added in, agitate for about 1-2 hours.
The adduct is used for the hydrogen reaction right after making, or is stored at low temperature to prevent further degradation.
The glucamine adduct hydrogen reactions are as follows: 1. Add about 134 g adduct (color less than about Gardner 1) and about 5.8 g G49B Ni to a 200 ml autoclave. 2. Purge the reaction mix with about 200 psi H2 twice at about 20-30'C.
3. Pressure with H2 to about 400 psi and raise the temperature to about 50*C.
4. Raise pressure to about 500 psi, react for about 3 hours. Keep temperature at about 50-55'C. Take Sample 1.
5. Raise temperature to about 85βC for about 30 minutes.
6. Decant and filter out the Ni catalyst. Take Sample 2. Conditions for constant temperature reactions:
1. Add about 134 g adduct and about 5.8 g G49B Ni to a 200 ml autoclave.
2. Purge with about 200 psi H2 twice at low temperature.
3. Pressure with H2 to about 400 psi and raise temperature to about 50'C.
4. Raise pressure to about 500 psi, react for about 3.5 hours. Keep temperature at indicated temperature.
5. Decant and filter out the Ni catalyst. Sample 3 is for about 50-55*C; Sample 4 is for about 75"C; and Sample 5 is for about 85*C. (The reaction time for about 85'C is about 45 minutes.) All runs give similar purity of N-methyl glucamine (about 94%); the Gardner Colors of the runs are similar right after reaction, but only the two-stage heat treatment gives good color stability; and the 85*C run gives marginal color immediately after reaction. EXAMPLE 32
The preparation of the tallow (hardened) fatty acid amide of N-methyl maltamine for use in detergent compositions according to this invention is as follows.
Step 1 - Reactants: Maltose monohydrate (Aldrich, lot 01318KW); methylamine (40 wt% in water) (Aldrich, lot 03325TM); Raney nickel, 50% slurry (UAD 52-73D, Aldrich, lot 12921LW).
The reactants are added to glass liner (250 g maltose, 428 g methylamine solution, 100 g catalyst slurry - 50 g Raney Ni) and placed in 3 L rocking autoclave, which is purged with nitrogen (3X500 psig) and hydrogen (2X500 psig) and rocked under H2 at room temperature over a weekend at temperatures ranging from 28'C to 50*C. The crude reaction mixture is vacuum filtered 2X through a glass microfiber filter with a silica gel plug. The filtrate is concentrated to a viscous material. The final traces of water are azetroped off by dissolving the material in methanol and then removing the methanol/water on a rotary evaporator. Final drying is done under high vacuum. The crude product is dissolved in refluxing methanol, filtered, cooled to recrystallize, filtered and the filter cake is dried under vacuum at 35*C. This is cut #1. The filtrate is concentrated until a precipitate begins to form and is stored in a refrigerator overnight. The solid is filtered and dried under vacuum. This is cut #2. The filtrate is again concentrated to half its volume and a recrystallization is performed. Very little precipitate forms. A small quantity of ethanol is added and the solution is left in the freezer over a weekend. The solid material is filtered and dried under vacuum. The combined solids comprise
N-methyl maltamine which is used in Step 2 of the overall synthesis.
Step 2 - Reactants: N-methyl maltamine (from Step 1); hardened tallow methyl esters; sodium methoxide (25% in methanol); absolute methanol (solvent); mole ratio 1:1 amine:ester; initial catalyst level 10 mole % (w/r maltamine), raised to 20 mole %; solvent level 50% (vrt.).
In a sealed bottle, 20.36 g of the tallow methyl ester is heated to its melting point (water bath) and loaded into a 250 ml 3-neck round-bottom flask with mechanical stirring. The flask is heated to ca . 70'C to prevent the ester from solidifying. Separ¬ ately, 25.0 g of N-methyl maltamine is combined with 45.36 g of methanol, and the resulting slurry is added to the tallow ester with good mixing. 1.51 g of 25% sodium methoxide in methanol is added. After four hours the reaction mixture has not clarified, so an additional 10 mole % of catalyst (to a total of 20 mole %) is added and the reaction is allowed to continue overnight (ca . 68'C) after which time the mixture is clear. The reaction flask is then modi- fied for distillation. The temperature is increased to llO'C. Distillation at atmospheric pressure is continued for 60 minutes. High vacuum distillation is then begun and continued for 14 minutes, at which time the product is very thick. The product is allowed to remain in the reaction flask at 110'C (external temperature) for 60 minutes. The product is scraped from the flask and triturated in ethyl ether over a weekend. Ether is removed on a rotary evaporator and the product is stored in an oven overnight, and ground to a powder. Any remaining N-methyl maltamine is removed from the product using silica gel. A silica gel slurry in 100% methanol is loaded into a funnel and washed several times with 100% methanol. A concentrated sample of the product (20 g in 100 ml of 100% methanol) is loaded onto the silica gel and eluted several times using vacuum and several methanol washes. The collected eluant is evaporated to dryness (rotary evaporator). Any remaining tallow ester is removed by trituration in ethyl acetate overnight, followed by filtration. The filter cake is vacuum dried overnight. The product is the tallowalkyl N-methyl maltamide.
In an alternate mode, Step 1 of the foregoing reaction sequence can be conducted using commercial corn syrup comprising glucose or mixtures of glucose and, typically, 5%, or higher, maltose. The resulting polyhydroxy fatty acid amides and mixtures can be used in any of the detergent compositions herein.
In still another mode, Step 2 of the foregoing reaction sequence can be carried out in 1,2-propylene glycol or NEODOL. At the discretion of the formulator, the propylene glycol or NEODOL need not be removed from the reaction product prior to its use to formulate detergent compositions. Again, according to the desires of the formulator, the methoxide catalyst can be neutralized by citric acid to provide sodium citrate, which can remain in the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide.
Depending on the desires of the formulator, the compositions herein can contain more or less of various suds control agents. Typically, for dishwashing high sudsing is desirable so no suds control agent will be used. For fabric laundering in top-loading washing machines some control of suds may be desirable, and for front-loaders some considerable degree of suds control may be preferred. A wide variety of suds control agents are known in the art and can be routinely selected for use herein. Indeed, the selection of suds control agent, or mixtures of suds control agents, for any specific detergent composition will depend not only on the presence and amount of polyhydroxy fatty acid amide used therein, but also on the other surfactants present in the formulation. However, it appears that, for use with polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, silicone-based suds control agents of various types are more efficient (i.e., lower levels can be used) than various other types of suds control agents. The silicone suds control agents available as X2-3419 and Q2-3302 (Dow Corning) are particularly useful herein. The formulator of fabric laundering compositions which can advantageously contain soil release agent has a wide variety of known materials to choose from (see, for example, U.S. Patents 3,962,152; 4,116,885; 4,238,531; 4,702,857; 4,721,580 and 4,877,896). Additional soil release materials useful herein include the nonionic oligomeric esterification product of a reaction mixture comprising a source of C^^ alkoxy-terminated polyethoxy units (e.g., CH3[0CH2CH2]160H), a source of terephthaloyl units (e.g., dimethyl terephthalate); a source of poly(oxyethylene)oxy units (e.g., polyethylene glycol 1500); a source of oxyiso-propyleneoxy units (e.g., 1,2-propylene glycol); and a source of oxyethyleneoxy units (e.g., ethylene glycol) especially wherein the mole ratio of oxyethyleneoxy units:oxyiso-propyleneoxy units is at least about 0.5:1. Such nonionic soil release agents are of the general formula
Figure imgf000074_0001
wherein R1 is lower (e.g., C-i-C alkyl, especially methyl; x and y are each integers from about 6 to about 100; m is an integer of from about 0.75 to about 30; n is an integer from about 0.25 to about 20; and R2 is a mixture of both H and CH3 to provide a mole ratio of oxyethyleneoxy:oxyisopropyleneoxy of at least about 0.5:1.
Another preferred type of soil release agent useful herein is of the general anionic type described in U.S. Patent 4,877,896, but with the condition that such agents be substantially free of mono¬ mers of the HOROH type wherein R is propylene or higher alkyl. Thus, the soil release agents of U.S. Patent 4,877,896 can comprise, for example, the reaction product of dimethyl terephthalate, ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol and 3-sodiosulfobenzoic acid, whereas these additional soil release agents can comprise, for example, the reaction product of dimethyl terephthalate, ethylene glycol, 5-sodiosulfoisophthalate and 3-sodiosulfobenzoic acid. Such agents are preferred for use in granular laundry detergents.
The formulator may also determine that it is advantageous to include a non-perborate bleach, especially in heavy-duty granular laundry detergents. A variety of peroxygen bleaches are available, commercially, and can be used herein, but, of these, percarbonate is convenient and economical. Thus, the compositions herein can contain a solid percarbonate bleach, normally in the form of the sodium salt, incorporated at a level of from 3% to 20% by weight, more preferably from 5% to 18% by weight and most preferably from 8% to 15% by weight of the composition.
Sodium percarbonate is an addition compound having a formula corresponding to 2Na2C03. 3H202, and is available commercially as a crystalline solid. Most commercially available material includes a low level of a heavy metal sequestrant such as EDTA, 1-hydroxy- ethylidene 1,1-diphosphonic acid (HEDP) or an amino-phosphonate, that is incorporated during the manufacturing process. For use herein, the percarbonate can be incorporated into detergent composi¬ tions without additional protection, but preferred embodiments of the invention utilize a stable form of the material (FMC). Although a variety of coatings can be used, the most economical is sodium silicate of Si02:Na20 ratio from 1.6:1 to 2.8:1, preferably 2.0:1, applied as an aqueous solution and dried to give a level of from 2% to 10% (normally from 3% to 5%), of silicate solids by weight of the percarbonate. Magnesium silicate can also be used and a chelant such as one of those mentioned above can also be included in the coating.
The particle size range of the crystalline percarbonate is from 350 micrometers to 450 micrometers with a mean of approximately 400 micrometers. When coated, the crystals have a size in the range from 400 to 600 micrometers.
While heavy metals present in the sodium carbonate used to manufacture the percarbonate can be controlled by the inclusion of sequestrants in the reaction mixture, the percarbonate still requires protection from heavy metals present as impurities in other ingredients of the product. It has been found that the total level of iron, copper and manganese ions in the product should not exceed 25 ppm and preferably should be less than 20 ppm in order to avoid an unacceptably adverse effect on percarbonate stability.
A modern, condensed laundry detergent granule is as follows.
EXAMPLE 33 Ingredient Wt.%
C14.15 alkyl alcohol sulfonic acid 13 C14.15 alkyl polyethoxy (2.25) sulfonic acid 5.60 C12.13 alkyl polyethoxylate (6.5) 1.45 ci2-i4 fatty acid N-methyl glucamide 2.50
Sodium aluminosilicate (as hydrated Zeolite A) 25.2 Crystalline layered silicate builder1 23.3 Citric acid 10.0
Sodium carbonate To get wash pH = 9.90
Sodium polyacrylate (m.w. 2000-4500) 3.2
Diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid 0.45
Savinase2 0.70 6-Nonanoylamino-6-oxo-peroxycaproic acid 7.40
Sodium perborate monohydrate 2.10
Nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonic acid 5.00
Brightener 0.10
••Layered silicate builders are known in the art. Preferred are the layered sodium silicates. See, for example, the layered sodium silicate builders of U.S. Patent 4,664,859, issued May 12,
1987 to H. P. Rieck, incorporated herein by reference. A suitable layered silicate builder is available as SKS-6 from Hoechst. ■•Available from Novo Nordisk A/S, Copenhagen.
Highly preferred granules of the foregoing types are those which comprise from about 0.0001% to about 2% by weight of active enzyme and at least about 1% by weight of said polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and, most preferably, wherein the anionic surfactant is not an alkylbenzene sulfonate surfactant.
EXAMPLE 34 The following illustrates a perborate bleach-plus-bleach activator detergent composition of the present invention which is prepared by admixing the listed ingredients in a mixing drum.
In the example, Zeolite A refers to hydrated crystalline Zeolite A containing about 20% water and having an average particle size of 1 to 10, preferably 3 to 5, microns; LAS refers to sodium ci2.3 linear alkylbenzene sulfonate; AS refers to sodium C14-C15 alkyl sulfate; nonionic refers to coconut alcohol condensed with about 6.5 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol and stripped of unethoxylated and onoethoxylated alcohol, also abbreviated as CnAE6.5T.; and DTPA refers to sodium diethylenetriamine pentaacetate. Parts by Weight of
Figure imgf000077_0001
100.00
81.19 3.09 4.90
10.82
100.00
61.58 12.47
9.70 13.83
2.42
Figure imgf000078_0001
-7he base granules are produced by spray drying an aqueous crutcher mix of the listed ingredients.
2A freshly-prepared sample of NAPAA wet cake, which typically consists of about 60% water, about 2% peroxyacid available oxygen (AvO) (corresponding to about 36% NAPAA), and the rest (about 4%) unreacted starting material, is obtained. This wet cake is the crude reaction product of NAAA (monononyl amide of adipic acid), sulfuric acid, and hydrogen peroxide which is subsequently quenched by addition to water followed by filtration, washing with distilled water, phosphate buffer washing and final suction filtration to recover the wet cake. A portion of the wet cake is air-dried at room temperature to obtain a dry sample which typically consists of about 5% AvO (corresponding to about 90% NAPAA) and about 10% unreacted starting material. When dry, the sample pH is about 4.5.
NAPAA granules are prepared by mixing about 51.7 parts of the dried NAPAA wet cake (containing about 10% unreacted), about 11.1 parts of sodium C12#3 linear alkyl benzene sulfonate (LAS) paste
(45% active), about 43.3 parts of sodium sulfate, and about 30 parts of water in a CUISINART mixer. After drying, the granules (which contain about 47% NAPAA) are sized by passing through a No. 14 Tyler mesh sieve and retaining all particles not passing through a No. 65 Tyler mesh. The average amide peroxyacid particle (agglomerate) size is about 5-40 microns and the median particle size is about
10-20 microns, as determined by Malvern particle size analysis.
3The NOBS (nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate) granules are prepared according to U.S. Patent 4,997,596, Bowling et al, issued March 5, 1991, incorporated herein by reference. "Zeolite granules having the following composition are made by mixing Zeolite A with PEG 8000 and CnAE6.5T in an Eirich R08 energy int nsive ixer. Parts b Wei ht
Figure imgf000079_0001
The PEG 8000 is in an aqueous form containing 50% water and is at a temperature of approximately 55"F (12.8'C). The CnAE6.5T is in a liquid state and is held at approximately 90*F (32.2*C). The two liquids are combined by pumping through a 12 element static mixer. The resulting binder material has an outlet temperature of approximately 75*F (23.9'C) and a viscosity of approximately 5000 cps. The ratio of PEG 8000 and CnAE6.5T through the static mixer is 72:28 respectively.
The Eirich R08 energy intensive mixer is operated in a batch type mode. First, 34.1 kg of powdered Zeolite A is weighed into the pan of the mixer. The mixer is started by first rotating the pan in a counterclockwise direction at approximately 75 rotations per minute (rpm), and then rotating the rotor blade in a clockwise direction at 1800 rpm. The binder material is then pumped from the static mixer directly into the Eirich R08 energy intensive mixer which contains Zeolite A. The feed rate of the binder material is about 2 minutes. The mixer continues to mix for an additional I minute for a total batch time of approximately 3 minutes. The batch is then discharged and collected in a fiber drum.
The batch step is repeated until approximately 225 kg of wet product has been collected. This discharged product is then dried in a fluid bed at 240-270*F (116-132'C). The drying step removes most of the free water and changes the composition as described above. The total energy input by the mixer to the product in a batch mode is approximately 1.31X1012 erg/kg. at a rate of approxi- mately 2.18X109 erg/kg-s.
The resulting free flowing agglomerates have a mean particle size of about 450-500 microns.
EXAMPLE 35 A granular laundry detergent composition suitable for use at the relatively high concentrations common to front-loading automatic washing machines, especially in Europe, and over a wide range of temperatures is as follows.
Ingredient Wt. %
S0KALAN CP5 (100% active as Na salt)1 3.52 DEQUEST 2066 (100% as acid)2 0.45
TINOPAL DMS3 0.28
MgS04 0.49
Zeolite A (anhydrous) 17.92
CMC (100% active)* 0.47 Na2C03 9.44
Citric acid 3.5
Layered Silicate SKS-6 12.9
Tallow alkyl sulfate (100% active; Na salt) 2.82
C14-C15 alkyl sulfate (100% active; Na salt) 3.5 C12-C15 alkyl E0(3) sulfate 1.76
C16-C18 N-methyl glucamide 4.1
DOBANOL C12-C15 E0(3) 3.54
LIP0LASE (100,000 LU/g)5 0.42
SAVINASE (4.0 KNPU)6 1.65 Perfume 0.53
X2-34197 0.22
Starch 1.08
Stearyl alcohol 0.35
Sodium percarbonate (coated) 22.3 Tetraacetylethylenediamine (TAED) 5.9
Zinc phthalocyanin 0.02
Water (ex zeolite) Balance -•SOKALAN is sodium poly-acrylate/ aleate available from Hoechst.
2Monsanto brand of pentaphosphonomethyl diethylenetriamine.
30ptical brightener available from Ciba Geigy. *Trade name FINNFIX available from Metasaliton.
5LIP0LASE lipolytic enzyme from NOVO.
6SAVINASE protease enzyme from NOVO.
7X2-3419 is a silicone suds suppressor available from Dow Corning. The procedure for preparing the granules comprises various tower-drying, agglomerating, dry-additions, etc., as follows. The percentages are based on the finished composition.
A. Crutched and Blown Through the Tower
Using standard techniques the following components are crutched and tower-dried.
SOKALAN CP5 3.52%
DEQUEST 2066 0.45%
TINOPAL DMS 0.28%
Magnesium sulfate 0.49% ZEOLITE A as anhydrous 7.1%
CMC 0.47%
B. Surfactant Agglomerates
Bl. Agglomeration of Sodium Salt of Tallow Alkyl Sulfate and Sodium Salt of C,,-,« E0(3) Sulfate Pastes - A 50% active paste of tallow alkyl sulfate and a 70% paste of C12-C15 E0(3) sulfate are agglomerated with Zeolite A and sodium carbonate according to the following formula (contribution to the detergent formulation after the drying of the agglomerate).
Tallow alkyl sulfate 2.82% C12.15 E0(3) sulfate 1.18%
Zeolite A 5.3%
Sodium carbonate 4.5%
B2. Agglomerate of the C . -Z, * Alkyl Sulfate. C-C; Alkyl Ethoxy Sulfate. DOBANOL C,,-Cι« E0(3) and C--.-C,. N-methyl glucose amide - The C16-C18 glucose amide nonionic material is synthesized with DOBANOL C125E0(3) present during the reaction of methyl ester and N-methyl glucamine. The C12.15E0(3) acts as a melting point depressor which allows the reaction to be run without forming cyclic glucose amides which are undesirable.
A surfactant mixture of 20% DOBANOL C12.15 E0(3) and 80%
C16-C18 N-methyl glucose amide is obtained and coagglomerated with 10% sodium carbonate.
Second, the above particle is then coagglomerated with a high active paste (70%) of a sodium salt of C14-C15 alkyl sulfate and
C12.15 E0(3) sulfate and Zeolite A and extra sodium carbonate. This particle evidences a good dispersibility in cold water of the C16-C18 N-methyl glucose amide.
The overall formulation of this particle (contribution to the detergent formulation after the drying of the agglomerate) is: Ci6-Cιβ N-methyl glucose amide 4.1%
DOBANOL C12.15 E0(3) 0.94% Sodium carbonate 4.94%
Zeolite A 5.3%
Na C14-C15 alkyl sulfate 3.5%
Na C12.15 E0(3) sulfate 0.59%
C. Dry Additives The following ingredients are added.
Percarbonate 22.3% TAED (tetraacetylethylenediamine) 5.9%
Layered silicate SKS 6 from Hoechst 12.90% Citric acid 3.5% Lipolase 0.42%
100,000 LU/g SAVINASE 4.0 KNPU 1.65%
Zinc phthalocyanin (photobleach) 0.02%
D. Sorav on DOBANOL C12.15 E0(3) 2.60%
Perfume 0.53%
E. Suds Suppressor
The silicone suds suppressor X2-3419 (95%-97% high molecular weight linear silicone; 3%-5% hydrophobic silica) ex Dow Corning is coagglomerated with Zeolite A (2-5 μ, size), starch and stearyl alcohol binder. This particle has the following formulation: Zeolite A 0.22%
Starch 1.08%
X2-3419 0.22%
Stearyl alcohol 0.35% The detergent preparation exhibits excellent solubility, superior performance and excellent suds control when used in
European washing machine, e.g., using 85 g detergent in a AEG-brand washing machine in 30'C, 40*C, 60*C and 90'C cycles.
EXAMPLE 37 In any of the foregoing examples, the fatty acid glucamide surfactant can be replaced by an equivalent amount of the maltamide surfactant, or mixtures of glucamide/ altamide surfactants derived from plant sugar sources. In the compositions the use of ethanol- amides appears to help cold temperature stability of the finished formulations. Moreover, the use of sulfobetaine (aka "sultaine") surfactants provides superior sudsing.
In the event that especially high sudsing compositions are desired, it is preferred that less than about 5%, more preferably less than about 2%, most preferably substantially no C14 or higher fatty acids be present, since these can suppress sudsing. Accord¬ ingly, the formulator of high sudsing compositions will desirably avoid the introduction of suds-suppressing amounts of such fatty acids into high sudsing compositions with the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and/or avoid the formation of C14 and higher fatty acids on storage of the finished compositions. One simple means is to use C12 ester reactants to prepare the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides herein. Fortunately, the use of amine oxide or sulfobetaine surfactants can overcome some of the negative sudsing effects caused by the fatty acids. The formulator wishing to add anionic optical brighteners to liquid detergents containing relatively high concentrations (e.g., 10% and greater) of anionic or polyanionic substituents such as the polycarboxylate builders may find it useful to pre-mix the bright¬ ener with water and the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, and then to add the pre-mix to the final composition. Polyglutamic acid or polyaspartic acid dispersants can be usefully employed with zeolite-built detergents. AE fluid or flake and DC-544 (Dow Corning) are other examples of useful suds control agents herein. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the chemical arts that the preparation of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides herein using the di- and higher saccharides such as maltose will result in the formation of polyhydroxy fatty acid amides wherein linear substituent Z is "capped" by a polyhydroxy ring structure. Such materials are fully contemplated for use herein and do not depart from the spirit and scope of the invention as disclosed and claimed.

Claims

1. An alkyl sulfate-based, controlled sudsing liquid or solid laundry detergent composition useful for cleaning fabrics in automatic washing machines, said composition characterized in that it comprises:
(a) at least 1% by weight of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula:
0 Rl R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl, or a mixture thereof, R2 is C5-C31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxyls directly connected to said chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof;
(b) at least 1% by weight of an alkyl sulfate surfactant; and
(c) preferably, a suds suppressing amount of a suds suppressor; wherein said composition has a weight ratio of (a):(b) of from 1:10 to 10:1.
2. A detergent composition as in Claim 1 wherein said detergent composition comprises at least 3% polyhydroxy fatty acid amide and at least 3% alkyl sulfate, and said weight ratio is from 6:1 to 1:6.
3. A detergent composition as in Claim 2, which further com¬ prises from 1% to 30% of an auxiliary surfactant component selected from alkyl benzene sulfonate surfactants, alkyl ester sulfonate surfactants, alkyl ethoxylate surfactants, alkylpoly- glycoside surfactants, paraffin sulfonate surfactants, or alkyl phenol alkoxylate surfactants, or mixtures thereof.
4. A detergent composition as in Claim 1, wherein said suds suppressor is selected from the group consisting of silicone suds suppressors, hydrocarbon suds suppressors, and monostearyl phosphate suds suppressors, and mixtures thereof.
5. A detergent composition as in Claim 1, which comprises at least 0.5% of a monocarboxylate fatty acid, or a salt thereof, suds suppressor.
6. A detergent composition as in Claim 1, wherein Rl is methyl, R2 is Cn-Cπ alkyl or alkenyl, Z is -CH2(CH0H)nCH20H, -CH(CH2θH)- (CHOH)n-l-CH2θH, or -CH2-(CH0H)2(CH0R')(CH0H)-CH20H wherein n is an integer from 3 to 5, inclusive, and R' is H or a cyclic or aliphatic monosaccharide.
7. A composition according to Claim 1 wherein, with respect to said polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, Z is derived from maltose.
8. A composition according to Claim 1 wherein, with respect to said polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, Z is derived from a mixture of monosaccharides, disaccharides and, optionally, higher sacchar¬ ides, said mixture comprising at least 1% of at least one disac¬ charide, preferably maltose.
9. A detergent composition as in Claim 1, further comprising at least 1%, by weight, of a detergent builder.
10. A detergent composition according to Claim 9 comprising:
(a) at least 1% by weight of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide compound of the formula: 0 Rl o " '
R2 - C - N - Z wherein Rl is methyl, or a mixture thereof, R is C9-C17 alkyl or alkenyl, and Z is a glycityl derived from a reducing sugar, preferably C11-C17 N-methyl glucamide, C11-C17 N-methyl maltamide, or mixtures of said gluc¬ amide and maltamide, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof; and (b) at least 1% by weight of a C14-C18 alkyl sulfate surfactant; wherein the weight ratio (a):(b) is from 1.25:1 to 1:6, preferably from 1.25:1 to 1:4.
11. A method for laundering fabrics without oversudsing, charac¬ terized in that it comprises contacting said fabrics with an aqueous bath containing a composition according to Claim 1.
12. A method according to Claim 11 wherein said Z moiety in said polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is derived from mixed monosaccharide, disaccharide and polysaccharides available from plant sources.
13. A method according to Claim 11 wherein said R moiety in said polyhydroxy fatty acid amide is C15-C17 alkyl, alkenyl, or mix¬ tures thereof.
14. A detersive particle comprising 5%-90% of a polyhydroxy fatty acid amide and 10%-90% of an alkyl sulfate surfactant, character¬ ized in that they comprise l%-30% by weight of a solubilizing agent.
PCT/US1991/007025 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants WO1992006162A1 (en)

Priority Applications (17)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA002092558A CA2092558C (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
AU86571/91A AU664159B2 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
RU93004947A RU2112784C1 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Liquid or solid detergent composition with controlled foaming for washing fabric, method for washing fabric, washing particles
JP3517563A JPH06501733A (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant
EP91917096A EP0550557B1 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
CS93431A CZ283685B6 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Cleansing preparation containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxyamide of a fatty acid
BR919106906A BR9106906A (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 DETERGENT CONTAINING ALKYL SULFATE AND POLYHYDROXY ACID AMIDE SURFACES
DE69118193T DE69118193T2 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 DETERGENT CONTAINING ALKYL SULFATE AND POLYHYDROXY FATTY ACID AMIDTENSIDE
SK25093A SK25093A3 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
KR1019930700967A KR0184850B1 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
CZ963825A CZ283515B6 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Detergent particles
IE341291A IE74138B1 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-27 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
CN91110486A CN1031721C (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-27 Detergent containing sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
MA22580A MA22297A1 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-27 DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ALKYLSULFATE SURFACTANTS AND POLYHYDROXYL FATTY ACID AMIDES
TR00937/91A TR27427A (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-27 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants.
EG58091A EG19517A (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-28 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant
GR960400657T GR3019397T3 (en) 1990-09-28 1996-03-21 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US59061390A 1990-09-28 1990-09-28
US590,613 1990-09-28
US73793591A 1991-07-29 1991-07-29
US737,935 1991-07-29
US75600891A 1991-09-06 1991-09-06
US756,008 1991-09-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1992006162A1 true WO1992006162A1 (en) 1992-04-16

Family

ID=27416571

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1991/007025 WO1992006162A1 (en) 1990-09-28 1991-09-25 Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants

Country Status (25)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0550557B1 (en)
JP (1) JPH06501733A (en)
KR (1) KR0184850B1 (en)
CN (1) CN1031721C (en)
AT (1) ATE135736T1 (en)
AU (1) AU664159B2 (en)
BR (1) BR9106906A (en)
CA (1) CA2092558C (en)
CZ (2) CZ283515B6 (en)
DE (1) DE69118193T2 (en)
DK (1) DK0550557T3 (en)
EG (1) EG19517A (en)
ES (1) ES2084829T3 (en)
GR (1) GR3019397T3 (en)
HU (1) HU214049B (en)
IE (1) IE74138B1 (en)
MA (1) MA22297A1 (en)
MX (1) MX9101360A (en)
MY (1) MY131203A (en)
NZ (1) NZ240029A (en)
RU (1) RU2112784C1 (en)
SK (1) SK25093A3 (en)
TR (1) TR27427A (en)
TW (1) TW229227B (en)
WO (1) WO1992006162A1 (en)

Cited By (182)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TR23439A (en) * 1987-07-06 1989-12-29 Hughes Aircraft Co LASER RESO NATOER SPACE WITH YUEKSEK REFLAKTANS
EP0572723A1 (en) * 1992-06-02 1993-12-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Structured liquid detergent compositions
WO1994005758A1 (en) * 1992-09-01 1994-03-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid or gel detergent compositions containing calcium and stabilizing agent thereof
EP0593841A1 (en) * 1992-10-23 1994-04-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition with suds suppressing system
WO1994024244A1 (en) * 1993-04-08 1994-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Secondary (2,3) alkyl sulfate surfactants in high density granular detergent compositions
WO1995007331A1 (en) * 1993-09-09 1995-03-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid detergents with n-alkoxy or n-aryloxy polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
WO1995024462A1 (en) * 1994-03-08 1995-09-14 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Aqueous washing-up agent
TR27965A (en) * 1993-07-12 1995-11-07 Procter & Gamble Granular detergent compositions suitable for use in cleaning of laundry.
WO1996002620A1 (en) * 1994-07-19 1996-02-01 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Detergent mixtures with improved washing power
DE4430085A1 (en) * 1994-08-25 1996-02-29 Henkel Kgaa Detergent mixtures with improved cleaning performance
US5498342A (en) * 1992-12-08 1996-03-12 Lever Brothers Company Detergent composition containing zeolite map and organic peroxyacid
US5500155A (en) * 1994-03-18 1996-03-19 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Detergent mixtures of fatty acid isethionate salts and fatty alcohols
US5580849A (en) * 1992-09-01 1996-12-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid or gel detergent compositions containing calcium and stabilizing agent thereof
EP0776653A1 (en) 1995-11-30 1997-06-04 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien Cosmetic and/or pharmaceutical compositions containing polyhydroxy fatty acid amides
EP0780464A2 (en) 1995-12-21 1997-06-25 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien Process for the preparation of light-coloured, low-viscosity surfactant concentrates
US5691300A (en) * 1993-07-12 1997-11-25 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Rinse aids for the machine washing of hard surfaces
US5712235A (en) * 1993-09-15 1998-01-27 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Bar soaps
US5750733A (en) * 1996-08-06 1998-05-12 Lever Brothers Company, Division Of Conopco, Inc. Hydroxy containing alkyl glycamides, low foaming detergent compositions comprising such and a process for their manufacture
US5789372A (en) * 1994-01-12 1998-08-04 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Surfactant mixtures having improved surface-active properties
US5932535A (en) * 1995-12-21 1999-08-03 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Process for the production of light-colored, low-viscosity surfactant concentrates
EP0984055A1 (en) * 1998-09-04 2000-03-08 Clariant GmbH Solid surfactant mixtures containing fatty acid polyhydroxyamides
WO2000077156A1 (en) * 1999-06-16 2000-12-21 Kao Corporation Article for use in washing in sheet form
US6264961B1 (en) 1995-09-11 2001-07-24 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Oil-water emulsifiers
EP0888450B2 (en) 1996-07-08 2003-01-15 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien Additive for a washing or cleaning agent and method for producing said additive
US6759382B2 (en) 2001-06-01 2004-07-06 Kay Chemical, Inc. Detergent composition containing a primary surfactant system and a secondary surfactant system, and a method of using the same
US6846796B2 (en) 2000-04-15 2005-01-25 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing non-ionic tenside granulates
WO2006028912A1 (en) 2004-09-01 2006-03-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Premoistened disposable wipe
DE102005025933B3 (en) * 2005-06-06 2006-07-13 Centrotherm Photovoltaics Gmbh + Co. Kg Doping mixture for preparing and doping semiconductor surfaces, comprises a p- or n-dopant, for doping the semiconductor surfaces, water and mixture of two or more surfactants, where one of the surfactant is a non-ionic surfactant
WO2006088980A1 (en) 2005-02-17 2006-08-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
EP1754781A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2007-02-21 The Procter and Gamble Company A solid laundry detergent composition comprising anionic detersive surfactant and a calcium-augmented technology
WO2007049188A1 (en) 2005-10-24 2007-05-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care compositions and systems comprising organosilicone microemulsions and methods employing same
WO2008109384A2 (en) 2007-03-05 2008-09-12 Celanese Acetate Llc Method of making a bale of cellulose acetate tow
EP2071017A1 (en) 2007-12-04 2009-06-17 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent composition
EP2083065A1 (en) 2008-01-22 2009-07-29 The Procter and Gamble Company Colour-Care Composition
EP2103675A1 (en) 2008-03-18 2009-09-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising cellulosic polymer
EP2103678A1 (en) 2008-03-18 2009-09-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising a co-polyester of dicarboxylic acids and diols
EP2103676A1 (en) 2008-03-18 2009-09-23 The Procter and Gamble Company A laundry detergent composition comprising the magnesium salt of ethylene diamine-n'n' -disuccinic acid
EP2135931A1 (en) 2008-06-16 2009-12-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Use of soil release polymer in fabric treatment compositions
EP2135932A1 (en) 2008-06-20 2009-12-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Laundry composition
EP2135933A1 (en) 2008-06-20 2009-12-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Laundry composition
EP2154235A1 (en) 2008-07-28 2010-02-17 The Procter and Gamble Company Process for preparing a detergent composition
US7678752B2 (en) 2005-10-24 2010-03-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition comprising organosilicone microemulsion and anionic/nitrogen-containing surfactant system
EP2163608A1 (en) 2008-09-12 2010-03-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry particle made by extrusion comprising a hueing dye and fatty acid soap
EP2166078A1 (en) 2008-09-12 2010-03-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry particle made by extrusion comprising a hueing dye
EP2166077A1 (en) 2008-09-12 2010-03-24 The Procter and Gamble Company Particles comprising a hueing dye
EP2210520A1 (en) 2009-01-22 2010-07-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Package comprising an adhesive perfume delivery material
WO2010151906A2 (en) 2010-10-22 2010-12-29 Milliken & Company Bis-azo colorants for use as bluing agents
WO2011005913A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company A catalytic laundry detergent composition comprising relatively low levels of water-soluble electrolyte
WO2011005813A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted laundry detergent composition
WO2011005917A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a liquid laundry detergent composition
WO2011005910A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted laundry detergent composition
WO2011005904A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011005623A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry detergent composition comprising low level of bleach
WO2011005804A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a liquid laundry detergent composition
WO2011005730A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company A catalytic laundry detergent composition comprising relatively low levels of water-soluble electrolyte
WO2011005912A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric
WO2011005830A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry detergent composition comprising low level of sulphate
WO2011005911A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted liquid laundry detergent composition
WO2011005844A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted laundry detergent composition
WO2011005630A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted laundry detergent composition
WO2011011799A2 (en) 2010-11-12 2011-01-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Thiophene azo dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
WO2011016958A2 (en) 2009-07-27 2011-02-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011017719A2 (en) 2010-11-12 2011-02-10 Milliken & Company Thiophene azo dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
WO2011025615A2 (en) 2009-08-13 2011-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabrics at low temperature
WO2011031599A1 (en) 2009-09-08 2011-03-17 The Procter & Gamble Company A laundry detergent composition comprising a highly water-soluble carboxymethyl cellulose particle
US7910538B2 (en) 2008-06-04 2011-03-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011038078A1 (en) 2009-09-23 2011-03-31 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for preparing spray-dried particles
WO2011044305A1 (en) 2009-10-07 2011-04-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011075426A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Granular detergent compositions comprising amphiphilic graft copolymers
WO2011075352A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning composition containing hemicellulose
WO2011075340A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making granular detergent compositions comprising amphiphilic graft copolymers
WO2011100420A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Benefit compositions comprising crosslinked polyglycerol esters
WO2011100405A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Benefit compositions comprising crosslinked polyglycerol esters
WO2011100411A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Benefit compositions comprising polyglycerol esters
WO2011100500A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Benefit compositions comprising polyglycerol esters
WO2011109322A1 (en) 2010-03-04 2011-09-09 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
EP2380960A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011133371A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted liquid laundry detergent composition
WO2011133372A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011133456A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company A liquid laundry detergent composition comprising a source of peracid and having a ph profile that is controlled with respect to the pka of the source of peracid
WO2011133380A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company A laundry detergent composition comprising bleach particles that are suspended within a continuous liquid phase
WO2011146602A2 (en) 2010-05-18 2011-11-24 Milliken & Company Optical brighteners and compositions comprising the same
WO2011146604A2 (en) 2010-05-18 2011-11-24 Milliken & Company Optical brighteners and compositions comprising the same
WO2011149871A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Milliken & Company Colored speckles having delayed release properties
WO2011149870A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Milliken & Company Colored speckles for use in granular detergents
EP2395070A1 (en) 2010-06-10 2011-12-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid laundry detergent composition comprising lipase of bacterial origin
WO2011163457A1 (en) 2010-06-23 2011-12-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Product for pre-treatment and laundering of stained fabric
WO2012040171A1 (en) 2010-09-20 2012-03-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Non-fluoropolymer surface protection composition
WO2012040130A1 (en) 2010-09-20 2012-03-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Non-fluoropolymer surface protection composition
WO2012040131A2 (en) 2010-09-20 2012-03-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care formulations and methods
WO2012054058A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Bis-azo colorants for use as bluing agents
WO2012054835A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Bis-azo colorants for use as bluing agents
US8247364B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2012-08-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2012116023A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Milliken & Company Capsules and compositions comprising the same
WO2012122232A1 (en) 2011-03-07 2012-09-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Multipurpose detergent compositions
US8299010B2 (en) 2006-01-23 2012-10-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions with thiazolium dye
WO2012166584A1 (en) 2011-06-03 2012-12-06 Milliken & Company Thiophene azo carboxylate dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
WO2012177709A1 (en) 2011-06-23 2012-12-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Product for pre-treatment and laundering of stained fabric
WO2013016371A1 (en) 2011-07-25 2013-01-31 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergents having acceptable color
WO2013025742A1 (en) 2011-08-15 2013-02-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent compositions containing pyridinol-n-oxide compounds
EP2581438A1 (en) 2011-10-12 2013-04-17 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2013109671A1 (en) 2012-01-18 2013-07-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Acidic laundry detergent compositions
WO2013128431A2 (en) 2012-02-27 2013-09-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods for producing liquid detergent products
WO2013178697A2 (en) 2012-05-30 2013-12-05 Clariant International Ltd. Use of n-methyl-n-acylglucamines as thickening agents in surfactant solutions
US8636918B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-01-28 Ecolab Usa Inc. Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide hybrid polymer composition and methods of controlling hard water scale
WO2014018309A1 (en) 2012-07-26 2014-01-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Low ph liquid cleaning compositions with enzymes
EP2708588A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
EP2708589A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
EP2708592A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
US8679366B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-03-25 Ecolab Usa Inc. Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide graft polymer composition and methods of controlling hard water scale
WO2013178700A3 (en) * 2012-05-30 2014-07-03 Clariant International Ltd. N-methyl-n-acylglucamine-containing composition
US8841246B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-09-23 Ecolab Usa Inc. Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide hybrid polymer composition and methods of improving drainage
WO2014160820A1 (en) 2013-03-28 2014-10-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning compositions containing a polyetheramine
US8853144B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-10-07 Ecolab Usa Inc. Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide graft polymer composition and methods of improving drainage
US8945314B2 (en) 2012-07-30 2015-02-03 Ecolab Usa Inc. Biodegradable stability binding agent for a solid detergent
EP2832841A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2015-02-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making detergent compositions comprising polymers
EP2832844A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2015-02-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making detergent compositions comprising polymers
EP2832843A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2015-02-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making granular detergent compositions comprising polymers
EP2832842A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2015-02-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making granular detergent compositions comprising surfactants
EP2862921A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2015-04-22 The Procter and Gamble Company Liquid laundry composition comprising an alkoxylated polymer and a shading dye
US9051406B2 (en) 2011-11-04 2015-06-09 Akzo Nobel Chemicals International B.V. Graft dendrite copolymers, and methods for producing the same
US20150164755A1 (en) * 2012-05-30 2015-06-18 Clariant Finance (Bvi0 Limited Use Of N-Methyl-N-Acylglucamines As Cold Stabilizers In Surfactant Solutions
EP2899259A1 (en) 2014-01-22 2015-07-29 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent compositions
US9109068B2 (en) 2005-07-21 2015-08-18 Akzo Nobel N.V. Hybrid copolymer compositions
WO2015148361A1 (en) 2014-03-27 2015-10-01 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning compositions containing a polyetheramine
WO2015148360A1 (en) 2014-03-27 2015-10-01 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning compositions containing a polyetheramine
WO2015187757A1 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-12-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising polyalkyleneimine polymers
EP2982737A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-10 The Procter and Gamble Company Laundry detergent composition
EP2982738A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-10 The Procter and Gamble Company Laundry detergent composition
WO2016032992A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising a cationic polymer
WO2016032991A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising a cationic polymer
WO2016032995A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of treating a fabric
WO2016032993A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising a cationic polymer
US20160074310A1 (en) * 2013-04-20 2016-03-17 Clariant International Ltd. Composition Containing Oil Bodies, Fatty Acids, Amino Acid Surfactants And N-Methyl-N-Acylglucamines
WO2016049388A1 (en) 2014-09-25 2016-03-31 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care compositions containing a polyetheramine
US9365805B2 (en) 2014-05-15 2016-06-14 Ecolab Usa Inc. Bio-based pot and pan pre-soak
WO2016123347A1 (en) 2015-01-28 2016-08-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Amino silicone nanoemulsion
WO2016123002A1 (en) 2015-01-28 2016-08-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Silicone nanoemulsion comprising c3-c6 alkylene glycol alkyl ether
WO2016123349A1 (en) 2015-01-28 2016-08-04 The Procter & Gamble Company A method of making an amino silicone nanoemulsion
WO2016130521A1 (en) 2015-02-10 2016-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid laundry cleaning composition
WO2017066343A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 Milliken & Company Novel whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017065978A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions comprising whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017065977A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions comprising whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017065979A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions comprising whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017066337A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 Milliken & Company Novel whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017066334A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 Milliken & Company Novel whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017112016A1 (en) 2015-12-22 2017-06-29 Milliken & Company Occult particles for use in granular laundry care compositions
WO2017132003A1 (en) 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Bis-azo colorants for use as bluing agents
US9796952B2 (en) 2012-09-25 2017-10-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions with thiazolium dye
US9856439B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2018-01-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Thiophene azo dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
WO2018052725A1 (en) 2016-09-13 2018-03-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Stable violet-blue to blue imidazolium compounds
US9988526B2 (en) 2011-11-04 2018-06-05 Akzo Nobel Chemicals International B.V. Hybrid dendrite copolymers, compositions thereof and methods for producing the same
US10011808B2 (en) 2013-11-11 2018-07-03 Ecolab Usa Inc. Multiuse, enzymatic detergent and methods of stabilizing a use solution
WO2020051011A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods and systems for forming microcapsules
WO2020051008A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods and systems for forming microcapsules
WO2020051009A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods and systems for forming microcapsules
WO2020081300A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Process for controlling odor on a textile substrate and polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine
WO2020081297A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
WO2020081294A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
WO2020081299A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Articles comprising a textile substrate and polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine
WO2020081296A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Laundry care compositions comprising polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
WO2020081293A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
WO2020081301A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
US10772324B2 (en) 2012-11-03 2020-09-15 Clariant International Ltd. Aqueous adjuvant-compositions
US10813862B2 (en) 2012-05-30 2020-10-27 Clariant International Ltd. Use of N-methyl-N-acylglucamines as solubilizers
US10864275B2 (en) 2012-05-30 2020-12-15 Clariant International Ltd. N-methyl-N-acylglucamine-containing composition
US10920080B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2021-02-16 Clariant International Ltd. N-Alkyl glucamine-based universal pigment dispersions
US10961484B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2021-03-30 Clariant International Ltd. Compositions comprising sugar amine and fatty acid
WO2021156297A1 (en) 2020-02-03 2021-08-12 Arch Uk Biocides Ltd Laundry sanitizing compositions and method of use
WO2021178098A1 (en) 2020-03-02 2021-09-10 Milliken & Company Composition comprising hueing agent
WO2021178100A1 (en) 2020-03-02 2021-09-10 Milliken & Company Composition comprising hueing agent
WO2021178099A1 (en) 2020-03-02 2021-09-10 Milliken & Company Composition comprising hueing agent
US11220603B2 (en) 2016-05-09 2022-01-11 Clariant International Ltd. Stabilizers for silicate paints
WO2022104631A1 (en) 2020-11-19 2022-05-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making detergent compositions comprising perfume
US11425904B2 (en) 2014-04-23 2022-08-30 Clariant International Ltd. Use of aqueous drift-reducing compositions
WO2022197295A1 (en) 2021-03-17 2022-09-22 Milliken & Company Polymeric colorants with reduced staining
WO2022243367A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2022-11-24 Nouryon Chemicals International B.V. Polyester polyquats in cleaning applications
WO2022243533A1 (en) 2021-05-20 2022-11-24 Nouryon Chemicals International B.V. Manufactured polymers having altered oligosaccharide or polysaccharide functionality or narrowed oligosaccharide distribution, processes for preparing them, compositions containing them, and methods of using them
WO2023275269A1 (en) 2021-06-30 2023-01-05 Nouryon Chemicals International B.V. Chelate-amphoteric surfactant liquid concentrates and use thereof in cleaning applications
WO2023025740A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 Unilever Ip Holdings B.V. Detergent composition
WO2023072703A1 (en) 2021-10-25 2023-05-04 Unilever Ip Holdings B.V. Films and capsules
US11682319B2 (en) 2016-03-10 2023-06-20 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Fake blood for use in simulated surgical procedures

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012075611A1 (en) * 2010-12-10 2012-06-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry detergents
CN102860924B (en) * 2011-07-07 2017-02-22 赢创德固赛特种化学(上海)有限公司 Foaming oil solution composition and preparation method thereof
DE102011088751A1 (en) * 2011-12-15 2013-06-20 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Storage stable liquid washing or cleaning agent containing protease and amylase
MX2015011690A (en) 2013-03-05 2015-12-07 Procter & Gamble Mixed sugar compositions.
WO2014206555A2 (en) * 2013-06-28 2014-12-31 Clariant International Ltd Use of special n-alkyl-n-acylglucamines for conditioning hair in hair washing agents
JP2016528188A (en) * 2013-06-28 2016-09-15 クラリアント・インターナシヨナル・リミテツド Use of special N-methyl-N-acyl glucamine in skin cleanser and dishwasher for hand wash
RU2712947C1 (en) * 2019-09-26 2020-02-03 Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "Алдико" Defoaming composition

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DD53839A (en) *
US2891052A (en) * 1956-04-10 1959-06-16 Rohm & Haas Anhydrosorbityl amides and process of preparation
US2965576A (en) * 1956-05-14 1960-12-20 Procter & Gamble Detergent compositions
US3285856A (en) * 1964-03-18 1966-11-15 Chevron Res Low foaming compositions having good detersive properties
FR1580491A (en) * 1967-07-19 1969-09-05
DE2226870A1 (en) * 1972-06-02 1973-12-20 Henkel & Cie Gmbh Substd alkylenediamines - used as wetting and soil-suspending agent in washing compsns
DE2449354A1 (en) * 1974-10-17 1976-04-29 Basf Ag Low-sudsing cationic dish-washing detergent formulations - contain alkyl orthophosphates which also act as disinfectants
EP0220676A1 (en) * 1985-10-29 1987-05-06 Süddeutsche Zucker-Aktiengesellschaft Fatty-acid amides of aminopolyols as non-ionogenic tensides
EP0328184A1 (en) * 1988-02-08 1989-08-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid detergent containing conditioning agent and high levels of alkyl sulfate/alkyl ethoxylated sulfate

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DD53839A (en) *
US2891052A (en) * 1956-04-10 1959-06-16 Rohm & Haas Anhydrosorbityl amides and process of preparation
US2965576A (en) * 1956-05-14 1960-12-20 Procter & Gamble Detergent compositions
US3285856A (en) * 1964-03-18 1966-11-15 Chevron Res Low foaming compositions having good detersive properties
FR1580491A (en) * 1967-07-19 1969-09-05
DE2226870A1 (en) * 1972-06-02 1973-12-20 Henkel & Cie Gmbh Substd alkylenediamines - used as wetting and soil-suspending agent in washing compsns
DE2449354A1 (en) * 1974-10-17 1976-04-29 Basf Ag Low-sudsing cationic dish-washing detergent formulations - contain alkyl orthophosphates which also act as disinfectants
EP0220676A1 (en) * 1985-10-29 1987-05-06 Süddeutsche Zucker-Aktiengesellschaft Fatty-acid amides of aminopolyols as non-ionogenic tensides
EP0328184A1 (en) * 1988-02-08 1989-08-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid detergent containing conditioning agent and high levels of alkyl sulfate/alkyl ethoxylated sulfate

Cited By (235)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TR23439A (en) * 1987-07-06 1989-12-29 Hughes Aircraft Co LASER RESO NATOER SPACE WITH YUEKSEK REFLAKTANS
EP0572723A1 (en) * 1992-06-02 1993-12-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Structured liquid detergent compositions
TR26929A (en) * 1992-06-02 1994-08-24 Procter & Gamble Aqueous detergent compositions containing an anisotropic surfactant phase.
WO1994005758A1 (en) * 1992-09-01 1994-03-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid or gel detergent compositions containing calcium and stabilizing agent thereof
US5580849A (en) * 1992-09-01 1996-12-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid or gel detergent compositions containing calcium and stabilizing agent thereof
EP0593841A1 (en) * 1992-10-23 1994-04-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition with suds suppressing system
US5498342A (en) * 1992-12-08 1996-03-12 Lever Brothers Company Detergent composition containing zeolite map and organic peroxyacid
WO1994024244A1 (en) * 1993-04-08 1994-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Secondary (2,3) alkyl sulfate surfactants in high density granular detergent compositions
EP0705324A1 (en) * 1993-07-12 1996-04-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Granular detergent composition comprising a surfactant and antifoaming component
TR27965A (en) * 1993-07-12 1995-11-07 Procter & Gamble Granular detergent compositions suitable for use in cleaning of laundry.
EP0705324A4 (en) * 1993-07-12 1996-02-13 Procter & Gamble Granular detergent composition comprising a surfactant and antifoaming component
US5691300A (en) * 1993-07-12 1997-11-25 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Rinse aids for the machine washing of hard surfaces
WO1995007331A1 (en) * 1993-09-09 1995-03-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid detergents with n-alkoxy or n-aryloxy polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
TR27817A (en) * 1993-09-09 1995-08-29 Procter & Gamble Liquid detergents containing n-alkoxy or n-aryloxy polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants.
US5712235A (en) * 1993-09-15 1998-01-27 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Bar soaps
US5789372A (en) * 1994-01-12 1998-08-04 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Surfactant mixtures having improved surface-active properties
WO1995024462A1 (en) * 1994-03-08 1995-09-14 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Aqueous washing-up agent
US5500155A (en) * 1994-03-18 1996-03-19 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Detergent mixtures of fatty acid isethionate salts and fatty alcohols
WO1996002620A1 (en) * 1994-07-19 1996-02-01 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Detergent mixtures with improved washing power
DE4430085A1 (en) * 1994-08-25 1996-02-29 Henkel Kgaa Detergent mixtures with improved cleaning performance
US6264961B1 (en) 1995-09-11 2001-07-24 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Oil-water emulsifiers
EP0776653A1 (en) 1995-11-30 1997-06-04 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien Cosmetic and/or pharmaceutical compositions containing polyhydroxy fatty acid amides
EP0780464A2 (en) 1995-12-21 1997-06-25 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien Process for the preparation of light-coloured, low-viscosity surfactant concentrates
US5932535A (en) * 1995-12-21 1999-08-03 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Process for the production of light-colored, low-viscosity surfactant concentrates
EP0888450B2 (en) 1996-07-08 2003-01-15 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien Additive for a washing or cleaning agent and method for producing said additive
US5750733A (en) * 1996-08-06 1998-05-12 Lever Brothers Company, Division Of Conopco, Inc. Hydroxy containing alkyl glycamides, low foaming detergent compositions comprising such and a process for their manufacture
EP0984055A1 (en) * 1998-09-04 2000-03-08 Clariant GmbH Solid surfactant mixtures containing fatty acid polyhydroxyamides
US6818606B1 (en) 1999-06-16 2004-11-16 Kao Corporation Article for use in washing in sheet form
WO2000077156A1 (en) * 1999-06-16 2000-12-21 Kao Corporation Article for use in washing in sheet form
US6846796B2 (en) 2000-04-15 2005-01-25 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing non-ionic tenside granulates
US6759382B2 (en) 2001-06-01 2004-07-06 Kay Chemical, Inc. Detergent composition containing a primary surfactant system and a secondary surfactant system, and a method of using the same
WO2006028912A1 (en) 2004-09-01 2006-03-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Premoistened disposable wipe
WO2006088980A1 (en) 2005-02-17 2006-08-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
DE102005025933B3 (en) * 2005-06-06 2006-07-13 Centrotherm Photovoltaics Gmbh + Co. Kg Doping mixture for preparing and doping semiconductor surfaces, comprises a p- or n-dopant, for doping the semiconductor surfaces, water and mixture of two or more surfactants, where one of the surfactant is a non-ionic surfactant
US8043946B2 (en) 2005-06-06 2011-10-25 Centrotherm Photovoltaics Ag Mixture for doping semiconductors
US9109068B2 (en) 2005-07-21 2015-08-18 Akzo Nobel N.V. Hybrid copolymer compositions
US9321873B2 (en) 2005-07-21 2016-04-26 Akzo Nobel N.V. Hybrid copolymer compositions for personal care applications
EP1754781A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2007-02-21 The Procter and Gamble Company A solid laundry detergent composition comprising anionic detersive surfactant and a calcium-augmented technology
US7678752B2 (en) 2005-10-24 2010-03-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition comprising organosilicone microemulsion and anionic/nitrogen-containing surfactant system
US8008245B2 (en) 2005-10-24 2011-08-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care compositions and systems comprising organosilicone microemulsions and methods employing same
WO2007049188A1 (en) 2005-10-24 2007-05-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care compositions and systems comprising organosilicone microemulsions and methods employing same
US8299010B2 (en) 2006-01-23 2012-10-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions with thiazolium dye
US8247364B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2012-08-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
US8703688B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2014-04-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
US11946025B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2024-04-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
US11198838B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2021-12-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
US8367598B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2013-02-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Whitening agents for cellulosic subtrates
US10526566B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2020-01-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2008109384A2 (en) 2007-03-05 2008-09-12 Celanese Acetate Llc Method of making a bale of cellulose acetate tow
US7854770B2 (en) 2007-12-04 2010-12-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising a surfactant system and a pyrophosphate
EP2071017A1 (en) 2007-12-04 2009-06-17 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent composition
EP2083065A1 (en) 2008-01-22 2009-07-29 The Procter and Gamble Company Colour-Care Composition
EP2103678A1 (en) 2008-03-18 2009-09-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising a co-polyester of dicarboxylic acids and diols
EP2103675A1 (en) 2008-03-18 2009-09-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising cellulosic polymer
EP2103676A1 (en) 2008-03-18 2009-09-23 The Procter and Gamble Company A laundry detergent composition comprising the magnesium salt of ethylene diamine-n'n' -disuccinic acid
US7923426B2 (en) 2008-06-04 2011-04-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
US7910538B2 (en) 2008-06-04 2011-03-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
EP2135931A1 (en) 2008-06-16 2009-12-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Use of soil release polymer in fabric treatment compositions
EP2135932A1 (en) 2008-06-20 2009-12-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Laundry composition
EP2135933A1 (en) 2008-06-20 2009-12-23 The Procter and Gamble Company Laundry composition
EP2272941A2 (en) 2008-06-20 2011-01-12 The Procter and Gamble Company Laundry composition
US7947643B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2011-05-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry composition comprising a substituted polysaccharide
EP2154235A1 (en) 2008-07-28 2010-02-17 The Procter and Gamble Company Process for preparing a detergent composition
US8058222B2 (en) 2008-07-28 2011-11-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for manufacturing extruded alkyl sulfate particles
US8183197B2 (en) 2008-09-12 2012-05-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Particles comprising a hueing dye
EP2166078A1 (en) 2008-09-12 2010-03-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry particle made by extrusion comprising a hueing dye
US8153579B2 (en) 2008-09-12 2012-04-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry composition
EP2163608A1 (en) 2008-09-12 2010-03-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry particle made by extrusion comprising a hueing dye and fatty acid soap
EP2166077A1 (en) 2008-09-12 2010-03-24 The Procter and Gamble Company Particles comprising a hueing dye
WO2010085471A1 (en) 2009-01-22 2010-07-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Package comprising an adhesive perfume delivery material
EP2210520A1 (en) 2009-01-22 2010-07-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Package comprising an adhesive perfume delivery material
WO2011005830A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry detergent composition comprising low level of sulphate
WO2011005623A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry detergent composition comprising low level of bleach
WO2011005813A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted laundry detergent composition
WO2011005630A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted laundry detergent composition
WO2011005917A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a liquid laundry detergent composition
WO2011005910A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted laundry detergent composition
WO2011005913A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company A catalytic laundry detergent composition comprising relatively low levels of water-soluble electrolyte
WO2011005904A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011005844A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted laundry detergent composition
WO2011005911A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted liquid laundry detergent composition
WO2011005912A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric
WO2011005730A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company A catalytic laundry detergent composition comprising relatively low levels of water-soluble electrolyte
WO2011005804A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a liquid laundry detergent composition
WO2011016958A2 (en) 2009-07-27 2011-02-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
EP2292725A1 (en) 2009-08-13 2011-03-09 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabrics at low temperature
WO2011025615A2 (en) 2009-08-13 2011-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabrics at low temperature
EP2302025A1 (en) 2009-09-08 2011-03-30 The Procter & Gamble Company A laundry detergent composition comprising a highly water-soluble carboxmethyl cellulose particle
WO2011031599A1 (en) 2009-09-08 2011-03-17 The Procter & Gamble Company A laundry detergent composition comprising a highly water-soluble carboxymethyl cellulose particle
WO2011038078A1 (en) 2009-09-23 2011-03-31 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for preparing spray-dried particles
WO2011044305A1 (en) 2009-10-07 2011-04-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011075352A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning composition containing hemicellulose
WO2011075426A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Granular detergent compositions comprising amphiphilic graft copolymers
WO2011075340A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making granular detergent compositions comprising amphiphilic graft copolymers
WO2011100500A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Benefit compositions comprising polyglycerol esters
WO2011100420A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Benefit compositions comprising crosslinked polyglycerol esters
WO2011100405A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Benefit compositions comprising crosslinked polyglycerol esters
WO2011100411A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Benefit compositions comprising polyglycerol esters
WO2011109322A1 (en) 2010-03-04 2011-09-09 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
EP2380960A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011133382A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
WO2011133371A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of laundering fabric using a compacted liquid laundry detergent composition
WO2011133380A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company A laundry detergent composition comprising bleach particles that are suspended within a continuous liquid phase
WO2011133456A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company A liquid laundry detergent composition comprising a source of peracid and having a ph profile that is controlled with respect to the pka of the source of peracid
WO2011133372A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
EP3020768A1 (en) 2010-05-18 2016-05-18 Milliken & Company Optical brighteners and compositions comprising the same
WO2011146604A2 (en) 2010-05-18 2011-11-24 Milliken & Company Optical brighteners and compositions comprising the same
WO2011146602A2 (en) 2010-05-18 2011-11-24 Milliken & Company Optical brighteners and compositions comprising the same
WO2011149870A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Milliken & Company Colored speckles for use in granular detergents
WO2011149871A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Milliken & Company Colored speckles having delayed release properties
WO2011156297A2 (en) 2010-06-10 2011-12-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Compacted liquid laundry detergent composition comprising lipase of bacterial origin
EP2395070A1 (en) 2010-06-10 2011-12-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid laundry detergent composition comprising lipase of bacterial origin
WO2011163457A1 (en) 2010-06-23 2011-12-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Product for pre-treatment and laundering of stained fabric
WO2012040131A2 (en) 2010-09-20 2012-03-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care formulations and methods
US8637442B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2014-01-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Non-fluoropolymer surface protection composition comprising a polyorganosiloxane-silicone resin mixture
US8633146B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2014-01-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Non-fluoropolymer surface protection composition comprising a polyorganosiloxane-silicone resin mixture
WO2012040130A1 (en) 2010-09-20 2012-03-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Non-fluoropolymer surface protection composition
WO2012040171A1 (en) 2010-09-20 2012-03-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Non-fluoropolymer surface protection composition
WO2012054058A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Bis-azo colorants for use as bluing agents
WO2010151906A2 (en) 2010-10-22 2010-12-29 Milliken & Company Bis-azo colorants for use as bluing agents
WO2012054835A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Bis-azo colorants for use as bluing agents
WO2011011799A2 (en) 2010-11-12 2011-01-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Thiophene azo dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
US10435651B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2019-10-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Thiophene azo dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
US9856439B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2018-01-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Thiophene azo dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
US10655091B2 (en) 2010-11-12 2020-05-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Thiophene azo dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
WO2011017719A2 (en) 2010-11-12 2011-02-10 Milliken & Company Thiophene azo dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
WO2012116021A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Milliken & Company Capsules and compositions comprising the same
WO2012116014A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Milliken & Company Capsules and compositions comprising the same
WO2012116023A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Milliken & Company Capsules and compositions comprising the same
WO2012122232A1 (en) 2011-03-07 2012-09-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Multipurpose detergent compositions
WO2012166584A1 (en) 2011-06-03 2012-12-06 Milliken & Company Thiophene azo carboxylate dyes and laundry care compositions containing the same
WO2012177709A1 (en) 2011-06-23 2012-12-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Product for pre-treatment and laundering of stained fabric
WO2013016371A1 (en) 2011-07-25 2013-01-31 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergents having acceptable color
US8679366B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-03-25 Ecolab Usa Inc. Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide graft polymer composition and methods of controlling hard water scale
US9309489B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2016-04-12 Ecolab Usa Inc Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide hybrid polymer composition and methods of improving drainage
US8636918B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-01-28 Ecolab Usa Inc. Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide hybrid polymer composition and methods of controlling hard water scale
US9309490B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2016-04-12 Ecolab Usa Inc. Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide graft polymer compositon and methods of improving drainage
US8841246B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-09-23 Ecolab Usa Inc. Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide hybrid polymer composition and methods of improving drainage
US8853144B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2014-10-07 Ecolab Usa Inc. Cleaning composition containing a polysaccharide graft polymer composition and methods of improving drainage
WO2013025742A1 (en) 2011-08-15 2013-02-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent compositions containing pyridinol-n-oxide compounds
WO2013055903A1 (en) 2011-10-12 2013-04-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition
EP2581438A1 (en) 2011-10-12 2013-04-17 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent composition
US9988526B2 (en) 2011-11-04 2018-06-05 Akzo Nobel Chemicals International B.V. Hybrid dendrite copolymers, compositions thereof and methods for producing the same
US9051406B2 (en) 2011-11-04 2015-06-09 Akzo Nobel Chemicals International B.V. Graft dendrite copolymers, and methods for producing the same
WO2013109671A1 (en) 2012-01-18 2013-07-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Acidic laundry detergent compositions
WO2013128431A2 (en) 2012-02-27 2013-09-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods for producing liquid detergent products
WO2013178700A3 (en) * 2012-05-30 2014-07-03 Clariant International Ltd. N-methyl-n-acylglucamine-containing composition
WO2013178697A2 (en) 2012-05-30 2013-12-05 Clariant International Ltd. Use of n-methyl-n-acylglucamines as thickening agents in surfactant solutions
US10864275B2 (en) 2012-05-30 2020-12-15 Clariant International Ltd. N-methyl-N-acylglucamine-containing composition
US10813862B2 (en) 2012-05-30 2020-10-27 Clariant International Ltd. Use of N-methyl-N-acylglucamines as solubilizers
US20150164755A1 (en) * 2012-05-30 2015-06-18 Clariant Finance (Bvi0 Limited Use Of N-Methyl-N-Acylglucamines As Cold Stabilizers In Surfactant Solutions
US10172774B2 (en) 2012-05-30 2019-01-08 Clariant International Ltd. Use of N-methyl-N-acylglucamines as thickening agents in surfactant solutions
US20150126616A1 (en) * 2012-05-30 2015-05-07 Clariant Finance (Bvi) Limited Use Of N-Methyl-N-Acylglucamines As Thickening Agents In Surfactant Solutions
WO2013178697A3 (en) * 2012-05-30 2014-09-04 Clariant International Ltd. Use of n-methyl-n-acylglucamines as thickening agents in surfactant solutions
WO2014018309A1 (en) 2012-07-26 2014-01-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Low ph liquid cleaning compositions with enzymes
US8945314B2 (en) 2012-07-30 2015-02-03 Ecolab Usa Inc. Biodegradable stability binding agent for a solid detergent
WO2014043422A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
US9328319B2 (en) 2012-09-14 2016-05-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
US9127240B2 (en) 2012-09-14 2015-09-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Process to introduce hydrophobic antibacterial compound in an aqueous composition
WO2014043075A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
EP2708588A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
EP2708589A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
EP2708592A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
WO2014043080A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
EP2708593A1 (en) 2012-09-14 2014-03-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care composition
US9796952B2 (en) 2012-09-25 2017-10-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions with thiazolium dye
US10772324B2 (en) 2012-11-03 2020-09-15 Clariant International Ltd. Aqueous adjuvant-compositions
WO2014160820A1 (en) 2013-03-28 2014-10-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning compositions containing a polyetheramine
WO2014160821A1 (en) 2013-03-28 2014-10-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning compositions containing a polyetheramine, a soil release polymer, and a carboxymethylcellulose
US20160074310A1 (en) * 2013-04-20 2016-03-17 Clariant International Ltd. Composition Containing Oil Bodies, Fatty Acids, Amino Acid Surfactants And N-Methyl-N-Acylglucamines
EP2832841A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2015-02-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making detergent compositions comprising polymers
EP2832844A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2015-02-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making detergent compositions comprising polymers
EP2832843A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2015-02-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making granular detergent compositions comprising polymers
EP2832842A1 (en) 2013-07-30 2015-02-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making granular detergent compositions comprising surfactants
EP2862921A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2015-04-22 The Procter and Gamble Company Liquid laundry composition comprising an alkoxylated polymer and a shading dye
US11905497B2 (en) 2013-11-11 2024-02-20 Ecolab Usa Inc. Multiuse, enzymatic detergent and methods of stabilizing a use solution
US10597613B2 (en) 2013-11-11 2020-03-24 Ecolab Usa Inc. Multiuse, enzymatic detergent and methods of stabilizing a use solution
US10179892B2 (en) 2013-11-11 2019-01-15 Ecolab Usa Inc. Multiuse, enzymatic detergent and methods of stabilizing a use solution
US10011808B2 (en) 2013-11-11 2018-07-03 Ecolab Usa Inc. Multiuse, enzymatic detergent and methods of stabilizing a use solution
US10995303B2 (en) 2013-11-11 2021-05-04 Ecolab Usa Inc. Multiuse, enzymatic detergent and methods of stabilizing a use solution
EP2899259A1 (en) 2014-01-22 2015-07-29 The Procter and Gamble Company Detergent compositions
WO2015112342A1 (en) 2014-01-22 2015-07-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making detergent compositions comprising polymers
WO2015148361A1 (en) 2014-03-27 2015-10-01 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning compositions containing a polyetheramine
WO2015148360A1 (en) 2014-03-27 2015-10-01 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning compositions containing a polyetheramine
US11425904B2 (en) 2014-04-23 2022-08-30 Clariant International Ltd. Use of aqueous drift-reducing compositions
US10053652B2 (en) 2014-05-15 2018-08-21 Ecolab Usa Inc. Bio-based pot and pan pre-soak
US9365805B2 (en) 2014-05-15 2016-06-14 Ecolab Usa Inc. Bio-based pot and pan pre-soak
WO2015187757A1 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-12-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising polyalkyleneimine polymers
EP2982737A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-10 The Procter and Gamble Company Laundry detergent composition
EP2982738A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-10 The Procter and Gamble Company Laundry detergent composition
WO2016032991A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising a cationic polymer
WO2016032995A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of treating a fabric
WO2016032993A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising a cationic polymer
WO2016032992A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent composition comprising a cationic polymer
WO2016049388A1 (en) 2014-09-25 2016-03-31 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric care compositions containing a polyetheramine
WO2016123347A1 (en) 2015-01-28 2016-08-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Amino silicone nanoemulsion
WO2016123002A1 (en) 2015-01-28 2016-08-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Silicone nanoemulsion comprising c3-c6 alkylene glycol alkyl ether
WO2016123349A1 (en) 2015-01-28 2016-08-04 The Procter & Gamble Company A method of making an amino silicone nanoemulsion
WO2016130521A1 (en) 2015-02-10 2016-08-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid laundry cleaning composition
US10920080B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2021-02-16 Clariant International Ltd. N-Alkyl glucamine-based universal pigment dispersions
US10961484B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2021-03-30 Clariant International Ltd. Compositions comprising sugar amine and fatty acid
WO2017065978A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions comprising whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017066343A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 Milliken & Company Novel whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017066334A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 Milliken & Company Novel whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017066337A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 Milliken & Company Novel whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017065979A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions comprising whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017066413A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 Milliken & Company Novel whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017065977A1 (en) 2015-10-13 2017-04-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Laundry care compositions comprising whitening agents for cellulosic substrates
WO2017112016A1 (en) 2015-12-22 2017-06-29 Milliken & Company Occult particles for use in granular laundry care compositions
WO2017132003A1 (en) 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Bis-azo colorants for use as bluing agents
US11682319B2 (en) 2016-03-10 2023-06-20 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Fake blood for use in simulated surgical procedures
US11220603B2 (en) 2016-05-09 2022-01-11 Clariant International Ltd. Stabilizers for silicate paints
WO2018052725A1 (en) 2016-09-13 2018-03-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Stable violet-blue to blue imidazolium compounds
WO2020051009A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods and systems for forming microcapsules
WO2020051008A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods and systems for forming microcapsules
WO2020051011A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Methods and systems for forming microcapsules
WO2020081296A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Laundry care compositions comprising polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
WO2020081301A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
WO2020081293A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
WO2020081299A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Articles comprising a textile substrate and polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine
WO2020081294A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
WO2020081297A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine and derivatives thereof
WO2020081300A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 Milliken & Company Process for controlling odor on a textile substrate and polyethyleneimine compounds containing n-halamine
WO2021156297A1 (en) 2020-02-03 2021-08-12 Arch Uk Biocides Ltd Laundry sanitizing compositions and method of use
WO2021178098A1 (en) 2020-03-02 2021-09-10 Milliken & Company Composition comprising hueing agent
WO2021178099A1 (en) 2020-03-02 2021-09-10 Milliken & Company Composition comprising hueing agent
WO2021178100A1 (en) 2020-03-02 2021-09-10 Milliken & Company Composition comprising hueing agent
WO2022104631A1 (en) 2020-11-19 2022-05-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Method of making detergent compositions comprising perfume
WO2022197295A1 (en) 2021-03-17 2022-09-22 Milliken & Company Polymeric colorants with reduced staining
WO2022243367A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2022-11-24 Nouryon Chemicals International B.V. Polyester polyquats in cleaning applications
WO2022243533A1 (en) 2021-05-20 2022-11-24 Nouryon Chemicals International B.V. Manufactured polymers having altered oligosaccharide or polysaccharide functionality or narrowed oligosaccharide distribution, processes for preparing them, compositions containing them, and methods of using them
WO2023275269A1 (en) 2021-06-30 2023-01-05 Nouryon Chemicals International B.V. Chelate-amphoteric surfactant liquid concentrates and use thereof in cleaning applications
WO2023025740A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 Unilever Ip Holdings B.V. Detergent composition
WO2023025761A1 (en) * 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 Unilever Ip Holdings B.V. Detergent composition
WO2023072703A1 (en) 2021-10-25 2023-05-04 Unilever Ip Holdings B.V. Films and capsules

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ES2084829T3 (en) 1996-05-16
MA22297A1 (en) 1992-04-01
CZ283685B6 (en) 1998-06-17
CZ382596A3 (en) 1998-04-15
DE69118193D1 (en) 1996-04-25
EG19517A (en) 1995-06-29
TW229227B (en) 1994-09-01
EP0550557A1 (en) 1993-07-14
EP0550557B1 (en) 1996-03-20
HU9300889D0 (en) 1993-07-28
AU664159B2 (en) 1995-11-09
CA2092558A1 (en) 1992-03-29
DE69118193T2 (en) 1996-11-14
CZ283515B6 (en) 1998-04-15
SK25093A3 (en) 1993-07-07
JPH06501733A (en) 1994-02-24
RU2112784C1 (en) 1998-06-10
AU8657191A (en) 1992-04-28
NZ240029A (en) 1995-06-27
CN1062757A (en) 1992-07-15
MY131203A (en) 2007-07-31
KR0184850B1 (en) 1999-05-01
ATE135736T1 (en) 1996-04-15
BR9106906A (en) 1993-07-20
CA2092558C (en) 1997-08-19
GR3019397T3 (en) 1996-06-30
HU214049B (en) 1997-12-29
TR27427A (en) 1995-04-21
HUT64785A (en) 1994-02-28
CZ43193A3 (en) 1994-04-13
DK0550557T3 (en) 1996-07-22
CN1031721C (en) 1996-05-01
IE913412A1 (en) 1992-04-08
MX9101360A (en) 1992-05-04
IE74138B1 (en) 1997-07-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU663853B2 (en) Polyhydroxy fatty acid amides in zeolite/layered silicate built detergents
CA2092558C (en) Detergent containing alkyl sulfate and polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants
AU8646991A (en) Nonionic surfactant systems containing polyhydroxy fatty acid amides and one or more additional nonionic surfactants
AU8854991A (en) Polyhydroxy fatty acid amides in soil release agent-containing detergent compositions
AU8758991A (en) Detergent compositions containing polyhydroxy fatty acid amide and alkyl ester sulfonate surfactants
IE913410A1 (en) Polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants to enhance enzyme¹performance
IE913409A1 (en) Polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants in¹bleach-containing detergent compositions
AU8735391A (en) Detergent compositions containing polyhydroxy fatty acid amide and alkyl alkoxylated sulfate
AU8879191A (en) Detergent compositions with polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant and polymeric dispersing agent
WO1992006150A1 (en) Detergent compositions containing polyhydroxy fatty acid amide and alkyl benzene sulfonate
CA2090238C (en) Polyhydroxy fatty acid amides in polycarboxylate-built detergent
IE913414A1 (en) Detergent compositions containing polyhydroxy fatty acid¹amide and alkyl benzene sulfonate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT AU BB BG BR CA CH CS DE DK ES FI GB HU JP KP KR LK LU MC MG MN MW NL NO PL RO SD SE SU

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE BF BJ CF CG CH CI CM DE DK ES FR GA GB GN GR IT LU ML MR NL SE SN TD TG

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1991917096

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PV1993-431

Country of ref document: CZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2092558

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 25093

Country of ref document: SK

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1991917096

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: PV1993-431

Country of ref document: CZ

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1991917096

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PV1996-3825

Country of ref document: CZ

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: PV1996-3825

Country of ref document: CZ

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: PV1996-3825

Country of ref document: CZ

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: PV1993-431

Country of ref document: CZ

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1991917096

Country of ref document: EP